PCS Vision Ready Link
Phone RL-7300
User’s Guide
Using Speed Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Using Abbreviated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Selecting a Character Input Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Entering Characters Using T9 Text Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Entering Characters by Tapping the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Entering Numbers, Symbols, Canned Suffixes and Smileys . . . . . . . . .33
2B. ControllingYour Phone’s Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Sound Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Ringer Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Selecting a Tone Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Setting Ready Link Incoming Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Setting a Start-up/Power-off Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Using Voice Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Adjusting the Phone’s Volume Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Alert Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Silence All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Changing the Text Greeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Changing the Backlight Time Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Changing the Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Changing the Display for Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Changing the Display for Area Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Changing the Display for Standby Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Changing the Screen Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Changing the Display for My Buddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Changing the LED Indicator Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Changing the Phone’s Main Menu Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Changing the Theme Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Changing the Font Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Location Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Airplane Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
TTY Use With PCS Service From Sprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Phone Setup Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Auto Answer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Setting the Open/Close Flip Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Setting Any Key Answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Setting the Side Key Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Setting Abbreviated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Headset Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Setting Message Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Editing Canned Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Setting the Current Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Display Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
2C. SettingYour Phone’s Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Accessing the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Using Your Phone’s Lock Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Locking Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Unlocking Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Changing the Lock Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Calling in Lock Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Restricting Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Using Special Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Erasing the Contacts Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Erasing All Downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Resetting Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Resetting and Locking Your Phone Through SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
SM
Security Features for PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Enabling and Disabling PCS Vision Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
2D. ControllingYour Roaming Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Understanding Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Setting Your Phone’s Roam Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Controlling Roaming Charges Using Call Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
2E. NavigatingThrough Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Viewing the Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
2F. Managing Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Viewing History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Call History Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Making a Call From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Saving a Phone Number From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Prepending a Phone Number From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Erasing Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
2G. Using the Contacts Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Displaying the Contacts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Adding a New Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Finding Contacts List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Contacts List Entry Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Adding a Phone Number to a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Editing a Contacts Entry’s Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Assigning Speed Dial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Editing a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Selecting a Ringer/Image Type for an Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Secret Contacts Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Dialing PCS Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
2H. Personal Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Managing the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Using Your Phone’s Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Adding an Event to the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Event Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Event Alert Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Viewing Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Erasing a Day’s Events or Call Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Adding a Call Alarm to the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Call Alarm Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Call Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Editing a Call Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Viewing a Future/Past Day’s Scheduled Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Adding To Do List Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Viewing the To Do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Editing To Do List Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Adding a To Do List Item to the Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Deleting Items From the To Do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Viewing Memory in Your Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Purging All Events, Call Alarms, or To Do List Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Personal Information Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Displaying Your User Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Finding Icon Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Displaying the Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Displaying Advanced Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Using Your Phone’s Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Using the Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Using the World Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Downloading Files Through PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Confirming the Downloaded Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Viewing the Downloaded Data Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
2I. UsingYour Phone’s Voice Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Using Voice-Activated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Making a Call Using Voice-Activated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Programming Voice Dial Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Reviewing Voice Dial Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Erasing All Voice Dial Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Managing Voice Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Recording Voice Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Voice Memo Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Erasing Voice Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Setting Up Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Activating Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Selecting an Announcement for Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Recording Your Name for a Pre-Recorded Announcement . . . . . . . .125
Recording a Customized Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Reviewing an Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Erasing an Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
2J. Using PCS Ready Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Getting Started With PCS Ready Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Setting PCS Ready Link Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Preparing Your Phone for PCS Ready Link Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Ready Link Call Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Making and Receiving a PCS Ready Link Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Displaying the PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Selecting Contact Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Making a PCS Ready Link Call (1-to-1 Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Making a PCS Ready Link Call (Group Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Making a PCS Ready Link Call by Entering a Number . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Missed Call Notification for PCS Ready Link Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Receiving a PCS Ready Link Call (1-to-1 Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Receiving a PCS Ready Link Call (Group Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Redialing a PCS Ready Link Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
PCS Ready Link Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Adding and Editing Ready Link Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Copying an Entry to Personal List or Personal Group List . . . . . . . . .136
Saving a PCS Ready Link Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Finding an Entry in the PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Adding a New Contact to Your Personal List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Adding a New Group to Your Personal Group List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Editing a Contact in Your Personal List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Editing a Group in Your Personal Group List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Erasing Ready Link List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Erasing an Entry in Your Personal List or Personal Group List . . . . . .142
Erasing a PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Updating Your PCS Ready Link Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Updating the Company List and Personal List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Managing PCS Ready Link Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Setting Speed Dialing for PCS Ready Link Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Restarting the Ready Link Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Setting Ready Link Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Section 3:PCS Service Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
3A. PCS Service Features:The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Using Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Setting Up Your Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Voicemail Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
New Voicemail Message Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Retrieving Your Voicemail Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Voicemail Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Clearing the Message Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Voicemail Menu Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Using Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Responding to Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Making a Three-Way Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Using Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
SM
3B.PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Getting Started With PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Your User Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Launching a PCS Vision Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Net Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
PCS Vision Connection Status and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Navigating the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Understanding Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Message Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
New Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Message Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Displaying Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Displaying Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Sending a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Sending a Message in the Drafts Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Sending a Message in the Outbox Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Message Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Changing the Display Font Size of a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Prepending a Phone Number From a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Message Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Erasing All Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Moving a Message Into Another Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Erasing a Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Erasing Selected Messages in All Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Signing Up for Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Using Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Accessing Email Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Composing Email Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Accessing Alternate Email Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Using Alternate Email Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Using Instant Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Accessing Instant Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Experiencing Wireless Online Chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Downloading Premium Services Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Accessing Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Accessing Ringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Accessing Screen Savers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Exploring the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Using the Browser Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Using PCS Business Connection Personal Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
PCS Vision FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
SM
3C.PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
Getting Started With PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Creating Your Own Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Making a Call With PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Accessing Information Using PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Section 4:SafetyGuidelinesand Warranty Information . .197
4A. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
Getting the Most Out of Your Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Caring for the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the FCC Notice . . . . . . . . . . .203
Consumer Information on Wireless Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
Owner’s Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
User’s Guide Proprietary Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
4B. Terms & Conditions and Manufacturer’s Warranty . . . . . . .221
Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Manufacturer’s Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
Welcome to Sprint
Sprinthasthemostcomplete, all-digitalwirelessnetworkinthenation.
Dependonit. We are committed to bringing you the best wireless
technology available. With Sprint, you get the most complete,
all-digital wireless network in the nation so all your services work
the same wherever you go on the network. We built our network
right from the start, so no matter where you are on the enhanced
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, all your services – whether it’s
Voicemail, Caller ID, email, or Picture Mail – will work the same.
This guide will familiarize you with our technology and your new
PCS Vision Phone through simple, easy-to-follow instructions. If
you have already reviewed the StartHeretoActivate guide that was
packaged with your new phone, then you’re ready to explore the
advanced features outlined in this guide.
If you have not read your StartHeretoActivate guide, go to
Section One – Getting Started. This section provides all the
information you need to unlock your phone, set up your voicemail,
and much more. It also contains information on how to contact
Sprint if you have any questions about your service, wish to check
your account balance, or want to purchase additional products or
services.
Sprint is different. All your services work the same wherever you
go on the most complete, all-digital wireless network in the nation.
Welcome and thank you for choosing Sprint.
i
Introduction
This User’sGuide introduces you to PCS Service and all the features
of your new phone. It’s divided into four sections:
ࡗ Section1: Getting Started ࡗ Section2: Understanding Your PCS Vision Phone ࡗ Section 3: Using PCS Service Features ࡗ Section4: Safety and Warranty Information Throughout this guide, you’ll find tips that highlight special
shortcuts and timely reminders to help you make the most of your
new phone and service. The Table of Contents and Index will also
help you quickly locate specific information.
You’ll get the most out of your phone if you read each section.
However, if you’d like to get right to a specific feature, simply locate
that section in the Table of Contents and click on the page number
to go directly to that page. Follow the instructions in that section,
and you’ll be ready to use your phone in no time.
Note: You can view this guide online or print it to keep it on hand. If you’re viewing
it online, simply click on a topic in the Table of Contents or Index or on any page
reference. The PDF will automatically display the appropriate page.
ii
Section 1
Getting Started
Section 1A
Setting Up Service
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedWithPCS Service
SettingUpYourVoicemail
PCSAccountPasswords
GettingHelp
SettingupserviceonyournewPCSVisionPhoneisquickandeasy.
This section walks you through the necessary steps to set up
your phone, unlock your phone, set up your voicemail, establish
passwords, and contact Sprint for assistance with your PCS Service.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
2
Getting StartedWith PCS Service
DeterminingifYourPhoneisAlreadyActivated
If you received your phone in the mail or purchased it at a Sprint Store,
it probably has already been activated. All you need to do is unlock
your phone.
If your phone is not activated, please refer to the Start Here Guide
included with your phone.
UnlockingYourPhone
Tounlockyourphone,followtheseeasysteps:
1. Press
to turn the phone on.
2. Press Unlock (left softkey).
Note: To select a softkey, press the softkey button directly below the softkey text
that appears at the bottom left and bottom right of your phone’s display screen.
Softkey actions change according to the screen you’re viewing and will not
appear if there is no corresponding action available.
3. Enter your four-digit lock code. (For security purposes, the
code is not visible as you type.)
Tip: If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of either your
Social Security number or PCS Phone Number or try 0000. If none of these work,
call PCS Customer Solutions at 1-888-211-4PCS (4727).
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
3
Setting UpYour Voicemail
All unanswered calls to your PCS Vision Phone are automatically
transferred to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned
off. Therefore, you will want to set up your voicemail and personal
greeting as soon as your PCS Vision Phone is activated.
Tosetupyourvoicemail:
1. Press and hold
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:
Ⅲ
Create your passcode
Ⅲ
Record your greeting
Ⅲ
Record your name announcement
Ⅲ
Choose whether or not to activate One-Touch Message
Access (a feature that lets you access messages simply by
pressing and holding
enter your passcode)
, bypassing the need for you to
Note: The voicemail setup process may vary in certain Affiliate areas.
For more information about using your voicemail, see
“Using Voicemail” on page 147.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
4
PCSAccount Passwords
As a PCS customer, you enjoy unlimited access to your personal
account information, your voicemail account, and your PCS Vision
account. To ensure that no one else has access to your information,
you will need to create passwords to protect your privacy.
AccountPassword
If you are the account owner, you’ll have an account password to sign
Solutions. Your default account password is the last four digits of your
Social Security number. If you are not the account owner (if someone
else pays for your PCS Service), you can get a sub-account password
VoicemailPassword
You’ll create your voicemail password (or passcode) when you set up
your voicemail. See “Setting Up Your Voicemail” on page 147 for
more information on your voicemail password.
PCSVisionPassword
If you have a PCS Vision Phone, you can set up a PCS Vision Password.
This optional password may be used to authorize purchase of
Premium Services content and to protect personal information on
multi-phone accounts.
For more information or to change your passwords, sign on to
www.sprintpcs.com or call PCS Customer Solutions at 1-888-211-4PCS
(4727).
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
5
Getting Help
VisitOurWebsite
You can get up-to-date information on PCS Services and Options by
When you visit us online, you can
ⅷ
Review coverage maps
ⅷ
Learn how to use voicemail
ⅷ
Access your account information
ⅷ
Purchase accessories
ⅷ
Add additional options to your service plan
ⅷ
Check out frequently asked questions
ⅷ
And more
ReachingPCSCustomerSolutions
You can reach PCS Customer Solutions many different ways:
ⅷ
Dial
on your PCS Vision Phone
ⅷ
ⅷ
Sign on to your account at www.sprintpcs.com
Call us toll-free at 1-888-211-4727 (Consumer customers),
SM
1-877-CLEARPY (253-2779) (PCS Clear Pay customers), or
1-888-788-4727 (Business customers)
ⅷ
Write to us at PCS Customer Solutions, P.O. Box 8077,
London, KY 40742
ReceivingAutomatedInvoicingInformation
For your convenience, your phone gives you access to invoicing
information on your PCS Account. This information includes
balance due, payment received, invoicing cycle, and the number of
minutes used since your last invoicing cycle. (Normal airtime usage
will apply.)
Toaccessautomatedinvoicing information:
ᮣ
Press
.
Note: This service may not be available in all Affiliate areas.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
6
PCSDirectoryAssistance
You have access to a variety of services and information through
PCS Directory Assistance, including residential, business, and
government listings; assistance with local or long-distance calls;
movie listings; and hotel, restaurant, shopping, and major local event
information. There is a per-call charge and you will be billed for
airtime.
TocallPCSDirectoryAssistance:
ᮣ
Press
.
PCSOperatorServices
PCS Operator Services provides assistance when placing collect calls
or when placing calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third
party.
ToaccessPCSOperatorServices:
ᮣ
Press
.
For more information or to see the latest in products and services,
Note: PCS Operator Services may not be available in all Affiliate areas.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service
7
Section 2
Your PCS Vision Phone
Section 2A
Your PCS Vision Phone: The Basics
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ FrontViewofYourPhone
ViewingtheDisplayScreen
SM
FeaturesofYourPCSVision ReadyLinkPhoneRL-7300bySanyo
TurningYour PhoneOnandOff
UsingYourPhone’sBatteryandCharger
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber
MakingandAnsweringCalls
EnteringText
YourPCSVisionPhoneispackedwithfeaturesthatsimplifyyourlifeand
expandyourabilitytostayconnectedtothepeopleandinformationthat
areimportanttoyou. This section will guide you through the basic
functions and calling features of your phone.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
9
FrontView ofYour Phone
1. Antenna
8. Earpiece
S p r i n t
J a n 1 2 , 0 4 ( M o n )
1 0 : 3 0 a m
2. Ready Link
(Memo) Button
9. Main LCD
R-Link
Memo
3. Side Volume
Key
10. Softkey
(left)
23. Softkey
(right)
4. Headset
Jack
11. Navigation
Key
22. Side Call Key
12. MENU/OK
13. Web
5. LED
21. BACK
Indicator
20. END/POWER
6. Speaker
7. Sub LCD
19. SPEAKER Key
18. Keypad
14. TALK
S p r i n t
1 0 : 3 0 a J a n 1 2
15. Microphone
16. Accessories
Connector
17. Charger Jack
Key Features
1. Antenna: Fully extend the antenna for the best reception.
2. ReadyLink(Memo)Button: Press to access the PCS Ready Link List
or Voice Memo menu. (See “Using PCS Ready Link” on page 127
or “Managing Voice Memos” on page 121.)
3. SideVolumeKey: Lets you adjust the receiver volume during a
call or ringer volume in standby mode.
4. HeadsetJack: Insert the plug of a headset (sold separately) for
hands-free phone use.
5. LEDIndicator: Shows your phone’s connection status at a glance.
6. Speaker: Allows you hands-free conversation while in
speakerphone mode. Lets you hear the different ringers and
sounds. You can mute the ringer when receiving incoming calls by
pressing
,
,
,
, or the Ready Link (Memo) Button.
7. SubLCD: Lets you monitor the phone’s status and see who’s
calling without opening the phone.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
10
8. Earpiece: Lets you hear the caller’s voice.
9. MainLCD(display): Displays the phone’s main menu, features,
modes, etc.
10. Softkey(left): Lets you select the menu corresponding to the
bottom left line on the Main LCD.
11. NavigationKey: Lets you navigate quickly and easily through the
menu options. You can access menu shortcuts by pressing
= Contacts, = My Shortcut, = Messaging, and
= Downloads.
12. MENU/OK: Lets you access the phone’s menus and select menu
options.
13. Web: Lets you launch the Browser.
14. TALK: Lets you place or receive calls, answer Call Waiting, or use
Three-Way Calling and Voice Dial.
15. Microphone: To speak into or record your voice.
16. AccessoriesConnector: Connects optional accessories such as a
USB cable.
17. ChargerJack: Connects the Travel Charger (included).
18. Keypad: Lets you enter numbers, letters, and characters, and
navigate within menus. Press and hold keys 2-9 for speed
dialing.
19. SPEAKERKey: Lets you place or receive calls in speakerphone
mode. You can also use it to activate Voice Dial and Memo
recording.
20. END/POWER: Lets you turn the phone On/Off, end a call, or
return to standby mode.
21. BACK: Lets you clear characters from the screen or display the
previous page.
22. SideCallKey: Lets you place or receive calls without opening the
phone.
23. Softkey(right): Lets you select the menu corresponding to the
bottom right line on the Main LCD.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
11
Viewing the Display Screen
Your phone’s display screen provides a wealth of information about
your phone’s status and options. This list identifies the symbols you’ll
see on your phone’s display screen:
shows your current signal strength. The more lines you have, the
stronger your signal.
means your phone cannot find a signal.
tells you a call is in progress.
indicates PCS Vision/PCS Ready Link access is dormant.
indicates PCS Vision/PCS Ready Link access is active.
indicates PCS Vision/PCS Ready Link access is disabled.
indicates you have new text messages waiting.
indicates you have new voicemail messages waiting. Press and
hold
to call your voicemail box.
indicates you have text messages and voicemail messages waiting.
indicatesyouare“roaming” offtheSprintNationwidePCSNetwork.
indicates the PCS Ready Link Service is enabled.
indicates the PCS Ready Link Service is disabled.
shows the level of your battery charge. The more black you see,
the more power you have left. It displays
while charging.
indicates you have menus to scroll (in four directions).
indicates the vibrate feature is set to ON.
indicates volume level 4 and vibrate feature is set to ON.
indicates the voice call ringer setting is OFF.
indicates all the sound settings are OFF.
indicates the Location Service of your phone is enabled.
indicates the Location Service of your phone is disabled.
indicates you have a new caller’s message.
indicates the Screen Call Auto setting is ON.
indicates you have new downloaded data.
indicates your phone is in TTY mode.
indicates Headset mode is set to PCS Ready Link and a headset is
connected.
indicates the speakerphone mode is set to ON.
Note: Display indicators help you manage your roaming charges by letting you
know when you’re off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and whether you’re
operating in digital or analog mode. (For more information, see Section 2D:
Controlling Your Roaming Experience on page 68.)
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
12
SM
Features ofYour PCSVision Ready Link
Phone RL-7300 by Sanyo
SM
Congratulations on the purchase of your PCS Vision Ready Link
Phone RL-7300 by Sanyo. This phone is easy-to-use and reliable, and it
also offers many significant features and service options. The
following list previews some of those features and options and
provides page numbers where you can find out more:
ⅷ
Dual-band/tri-mode capability allows you to make and receive
calls while on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and to roam
on other analog and 800 and 1900 MHz digital networks where
Sprint has implemented roaming agreements.
SM
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
PCS Vision provides access to the wireless Internet in digital
mode (page 157).
Email provides quick and convenient text messaging capabilities
(page 175).
SM
PCS Voice Command lets you dial phone numbers by speaking
someone’s name or the digits of their phone number (page 194).
Games, ringers, screen savers (images), and other applications
can be downloaded to your phone to make your PCS Vision
Phone as unique as you are (page 179).
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
The built-in organizer lets you schedule alerts to remind you of
important events (page 95).
Speed Dialing lets you call a phone number stored in your
Contacts directory using one touch dialing (page 29).
The Contacts directory can store up to 300 entries, each storing
seven numbers for a total of 500 numbers and up to 300 email and
Web addresses. Separate PCS Ready Link Contact List provides
easy access to 200 personal contacts and 200 company-provided
contacts. (Section 2G)
ⅷ
PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way,
“walkie-talkie-style” communication with your friends, family,
and co-workers (page 127).
ⅷ
ⅷ
Wide 2.1-inch, full-color display screen plus external display.
The Side Call key lets you place or receive calls without opening
the phone.
ⅷ
ⅷ
The Sub LCD allows you to monitor the phone’s status and to see
who’s calling without opening the phone.
The Flip options allow you to answer an incoming call by opening
the flip or end a call by closing the flip.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
13
TurningYour Phone On and Off
TurningYourPhoneOn
Toturnyourphoneon:
ᮣ
Press
.
Once your phone is on, it displays “Looking for service...” which
indicates that your phone is searching for a signal. When your phone
finds a signal, it automatically enters standby mode – the phone’s idle
state. At this point, you are ready to begin making and receiving calls.
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of searching, a
Power Save feature is automatically activated. When a signal is found,
your phone automatically returns to standby mode.
In Power Save mode, your phone searches for a signal periodically
without your intervention. You can also initiate a search for
PCS Service by pressing any key (when your phone is turned on).
Tip: The Power Save feature helps to conserve your battery power when you are
in an area where there is no signal.
TurningYourPhoneOff
Toturnyourphoneoff:
ᮣ
Press and hold
until you see the powering down
animation on the display screen.
Your screen remains blank while your phone is off (unless the battery
is charging).
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
14
UsingYour Phone’s Battery and Charger
BatteryCapacity
Your PCS Vision Phone is equipped with a Lithium Ion (LiIon)
battery. It allows you to recharge your battery before it is fully
drained. The battery provides approximately 3.0 hours of
continuous digital talk time (1.5 hours in analog) or approximately
96 hours of continuous digital standby time (22 hours in analog).
When the battery reaches 5% of its capacity, the battery icon blinks.
When there are approximately two minutes of talk time left, the
phone sounds an audible alert and then powers down.
Note: Long backlight settings, searching for service, vibrate mode, PCS Ready
Link mode, and browser use affect the battery’s talk and standby times.
Tip: Be sure to watch your phone’s battery level indicator and charge the battery
before it runs out of power.
InstallingtheBattery
ToinstalltheLiIonbattery:
1. Place the battery into the space beneath
the antenna with the metal contacts at
the bottom, facing downward.
2. Gently press down until it’s in place and
the battery release latch snaps.
RemovingtheBattery
Toremoveyourbattery:
1. Make sure the power is off so that you
don’t lose any stored numbers or
messages.
2. Push the battery release latch up and
hold the battery.
3. Pull the battery up and out at a 45-degree
angle.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
15
ChargingtheBattery
Your PCS Vision Phone’s LiIon battery is rechargeable and should be
charged as soon as possible so you can begin using your phone.
Keeping track of your battery’s charge is important. If your battery
level becomes too low, your phone automatically turns off and you
will lose all the information you were just working on. For a quick
check of your phone’s battery level, glance at the battery charge
indicator located in the upper-right corner of your phone’s display
screen. If the battery charge is getting too low, the battery icon (
blinks and the phone sounds a warning tone.
)
Always use a Sprint-approved travel charger or vehicle power adapter
to charge your battery.
Warning! Using the wrong battery charger could cause damage to your phone
and void the warranty.
UsingtheTravel Charger
Tousethetravelchargerprovidedwithyourphone:
1. Plug the travel charger into a wall outlet.
2. Plug the other end of the travel charger into the bottom of your
phone (with the battery installed).
Ⅲ
Chargingwhenyourphoneisturnedon:
The battery icon
appears on the display while charging.
when charging is complete.
Chargingwhenyourphoneisturnedoff:
The battery icon turns to
Ⅲ
The battery icon
appears, and the message “BATTERY
CHARGING--Power Off--” is shown on the display while
charging. When the battery is completely discharged, you
may wait for several minutes until the message is shown on
the display. The battery icon turns to
, and the message
changes to “CHARGING COMPLETE--Power Off--” when
charging is complete.
It takes approximately 3.5 hours to fully recharge a completely
rundown battery. With the Sprint-approved LiIon battery,
you can recharge the battery before it becomes completely
run down.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
16
DisplayingYour Phone Number
Just in case you forget your phone number, your PCS Vision Phone
can remind you.
Todisplayyourphonenumber:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts and press
.
3. Select MyPhone# and press
.
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Making andAnswering Calls
Making Calls
Placing a call from your PCS Phone is as easy as making a call from any
land line phone. Just enter the number and press
your way to clear calls.
and you’re on
Toplaceacallusingyourkeypad:
1. Make sure your phone is on.
2. Enter a phone number. (If you make a mistake while dialing,
press
to erase one digit at a time. Press and hold
to erase
the entire number.)
3. Press or
. (To place a call when you are roaming and
Call Guard is enabled, see “Controlling Roaming Charges Using
Call Guard” on page 73.)
4. When you’re finished, press
to end the call.
or twice.
Tip: To redial your last outgoing call, press
Tip: When making calls off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, always dial
using 11 digits (1 + area code + phone number).
You can also place calls from your PCS Phone by using PCS Voice
SM
Command (page 194), Speed Dialing (page 29), and using your
Call History listings (page 79).
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
17
Important: To maximize performance when using your PCS Phone, extend the
antenna before a call and do not touch the antenna during a call (see page 199).
Correct
Incorrect
ToplaceacallwiththeFlipClosed:
1. Make sure your phone is on.
2. Press and hold the Side Call key (
) on the right side of the
phone. (You will see a message on the Sub LCD.)
3. Follow the system prompts. (The call will be made in
speakerphone mode, unless you have a headset attached to the
phone.)
Ⅲ
Redial to redial the last number you called.
Ⅲ
VoiceDial to use the Voice Dial function (see “Using Voice-
Activated Dialing” on page 119).
4. When you’re finished, press and hold
.
Note: To use a Voice Dial, you must have stored Voice Dial entries (see
“Programming Voice Dial Tags” on page 119).
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
18
Dialing Options
Dialing options are displayed when you press
numbers in the phone’s standby mode.
after entering
To select an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts list. (See
“Saving a Phone Number” on page 26.)
H HardPause to insert a hard pause. (See “Dialing and Saving
Phone Numbers With Pauses” on page 27.)
T 2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause. (See “Dialing and
Saving Phone Numbers With Pauses” on page 27.)
Hyphen to insert a hyphen. (Hyphens are generally for visual
appeal only; they are not necessary when entering numbers.)
Note: To speed dial a phone number, press and hold the appropriate speed dial
key (locations 2-9). See page 90 for setting.
This option appears when you enter four digits and press
.
ⅷ
Abbrev. Dial to dial the phone number in your Contacts list that
ends with the four digits you entered. (See “Using Abbreviated
Dialing” on page 29.)
This option appears when you enter four or more digits and press
.
ⅷ
Find to display Contacts list entries that end with the digits you
entered. (See “Finding a Phone Number” on page 27.)
This option appears when you enter numbers for Text Messaging and
press
.
ⅷ
SendText to send a text message. See page 166 for details.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
19
Answering Calls
Toansweranincomingcall:
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off, incoming calls
go to voicemail.)
2. Press
or
to answer an incoming call. (Depending on
your phone’s settings, you may also answer incoming calls by
opening the phone or by pressing any number key. See “Setting
Any Key Answer” on page 55 for more information.)
Toansweracallwiththeflipclosed:
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off, incoming calls
go to voicemail.)
2. When your phone rings or vibrates, press and hold the Side Call
key (
) on the right side of the phone. (The call will be
answered in speakerphone mode.)
– or –
ᮣ
Open the phone to use the earpiece.
Note: If the setting for Open Flip is not set to “Answer Call,” opening the phone
will not answer the call. (See “Setting the Open/Close Flip Option” on page 54.)
Your PCS Vision Phone notifies you of incoming calls in the
following ways:
ⅷ
The phone rings or vibrates.
ⅷ
The LED flashes.
ⅷ
The backlight illuminates.
ⅷ
The screen displays an incoming call message.
ⅷ
If available, the phone number of the caller is displayed.
ⅷ
If the phone number is in your Contacts list, the contact’s name is
displayed.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
20
The following options are also displayed by pressing . To select an
option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
CallGuard to answer the call when you are in roaming mode.
See page 73 for setting Call Guard.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Answer to answer the call.
Answer:Speaker to answer the call in speakerphone mode.
Don’tAnswer to hang up the incoming call and return to the Web
while you are in Web operation. (This feature appears only when
PCS Vision access is dormant.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
ScreenCall to answer the call by using a pre-recorded
announcement. (This feature appears only when you are in a
PCS Service area or digital roaming area. See page 124.)
QuietRinger to mute the ringer. (This feature appears only when
the ringer is set.)
Tip: Your PCS Phone offers additional ways to answer calls. See page 53 for
Auto Answer and see page 55 for Any Key Answer.
AnsweringaRoamCallWithCallGuardEnabled
Call Guard is an option that helps you manage your roaming charges
when making or receiving calls while outside the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network. Please see Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming
Experience for more information about roaming.
ToansweracallwhenyouareroamingandCallGuardisenabled:
1. Press
or
. (The following message will appear:
“Roaming rate applies. Please press [1] to accept.”)
2. Press
to answer the call.
Note: When your phone is off, in an active PCS Vision Connection, or on a
PCS Ready Link call, incoming calls go directly to voicemail.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
21
EndingaCall
To disconnect a call when you are finished:
WiththeFlipOpen:
ᮣ
Close the phone or press
.
WiththeFlipClosed:
ᮣ
Press and hold
.
Note: If the setting for Close Flip is not set to “end call,” closing the phone will not
end the call. (See “Setting the Open/Close Flip Option” on page 54.)
Tip: Time/Date is displayed when you press
while the phone is in use.
Using the Speakerphone
The speakerphone feature lets you hear audio through the speaker
and talk without holding the phone. When the speakerphone is
activated, use the volume control keys on the side of the phone to
adjust the volume.
Toturnthespeakerphoneonduringacall:
ᮣ
Press
– or –
.
Press , highlight SpeakerOn, and press
.
.
Toturnthespeakerphoneoffduringacall:
ᮣ
Press
– or –
.
Press , highlight SpeakerOff, and press
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
22
Changing the RingerVolume
To change the ringer volume, press the Side Volume key when the
phone is in standby mode.
Note: To change the ringer volume from the main menu, see “Adjusting the
Phone’s Volume Settings” on page 39.
AdjustingVolume During a Conversation
When you need to adjust the receiver volume during a conversation,
use the side volume key, or
in progress.
/
on the navigation key while a call is
Muting a Call
There are times when it’s necessary to mute a call so that your caller
does not hear you or certain background noise.
TomuteacallwiththeFlipOpen:
ᮣ
Press , highlight Mute, and press . (When the phone is
muted, “Mute” appears on the display.)
TounmuteacallwiththeFlipOpen:
ᮣ
Press , highlight Unmute, and press
.
TomuteacallwiththeFlipClosed:
ᮣ
Simply press
(side of the phone).
TounmuteacallwiththeFlipClosed:
ᮣ
Press
once again during a call.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
23
Missed Call Notification
When an incoming call is not answered, the Missed Call log is
displayed on your screen.
TodisplaytheMissedCallentry:
ᮣ
Press View (left softkey). (To call an entry, highlight the entry
you want to call and press
or
.)
Calling Emergency Numbers
You can place calls to 911 (dial
and press
),
even if your phone is locked or your account is restricted. Once you
dial the numbers, your phone will enter Emergency mode.
To select an option, press , highlight it, and press
Options:
.
ⅷ
MyPhone# to display your phone number.
ⅷ
SpeakerOn to activate speakerphone mode. (If you are in
speakerphone mode, the option will appear as SpeakerOff to
deactivate.)
ⅷ
UnlockPhone to unlock your phone (appears only if the phone is
locked).
Once you press
, your phone is still in Emergency mode.
ToexitEmergencymode:
1. Press
.
2. Press
to display the options.
Ⅲ
Call911 to call 911.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Call911:Speaker to call 911 in speakerphone mode.
MyPhone# to display your phone number.
ExitEmergency to exit Emergency mode.
3. Highlight ExitEmergency and press
.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
24
In-Call Options
During a call, your phone displays menu options when you press
.
To select an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Flash to answer an incoming Call Waiting call or to connect a third
party during Three-Way Calling.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Mute or Unmute
Select Mute to mute your phone’s microphone. Select Unmute to
reactivate the microphone.
SpeakerOn or SpeakerOff to activate or deactivate speakerphone
mode. You can adjust the speakerphone volume using the Side
Volume key.
Warning! Due to higher volume levels, do not place the phone near your ear
during speakerphone use.
ⅷ
Three-WayCall to call a third party.
ⅷ
CallHistory to access the Call History menu. (See “Managing Call
History” on page 79.)
ⅷ
Contacts to access the Contacts menu. (See “Using the Contacts
Directory” on page 84.)
ⅷ
Messaging to access the Messaging menu. (See “PCS Messaging”
on page 164.)
ⅷ
Settings to access the Settings menu. (See “Controlling Your
Phone’s Settings” on page 34.)
ⅷ
Tools/Extras to access the Tools/Extras menu. (See Calendar menu
instructions on page 96.)
ⅷ
VoiceServices to access the Voice Services menu. (See page 118.)
ⅷ
PhoneInfo to access the Phone Info menu. (See page 106.)
Note: The Flash menu appears only for Call Waiting and Three-Way Calling.
The Mute menu does not appear during a 911 call. The Three-Way Call Menu
does not appear in Roaming areas.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
25
End-of-Call Options
To display the following options, press
disconnecting a call.
within 10 seconds after
.
To select an option, highlight it and press
ⅷ
CallAgain to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts list.
GotoPhoneBook appears when the number is already in your
Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone Number” on this page.)
Note: The End-of-Call options are not displayed for calls identified as No ID or
Restricted.
Saving a Phone Number
Your PCS Vision Phone can store up to seven phone numbers in each
of 300 Contacts entries. Each entry’s name can contain 16 characters.
Your phone automatically sorts the Contacts entries alphabetically.
(For more information, see Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
on page 84.)
Tosaveanumberfromstandbymode:
1. Enter a phone number.
2. Press
3. Highlight SavePhone# and press
4. Select a label by highlighting Home, Work, Mobile, Pager, Data,
.
.
Fax, or NoLabel and press
.
5. Enter a name and press
.
If you have already stored entries in the Contacts list, you are
prompted to select the following entry modes:
Ⅲ
NewName to enter a new name.
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select a name from the Contacts entry list.
6. Press Save (left softkey).
After you have saved the number, the new Contacts entry is
displayed. (See “Contacts List Entry Options” on page 88.)
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
26
Finding a Phone Number
You can search Contacts list entries for phone numbers that contain a
specific string of numbers.
Tofindaphonenumber:
1. Enter the last four or more digits of the number and press
The more numbers you enter,the more specific the search
becomes.
.
2. Highlight Find and press . (The Contacts entry that ends with
the digits you entered appears.)
3. Highlight your desired entry.
Ⅲ
Press
Press
to display the entry details.
or to dial.
Ⅲ
Dialing and Saving Phone Numbers With Pauses
You can dial or save phone numbers with pauses for use with
automated systems, such as voicemail or credit card billing numbers.
There are two types of pauses available on your phone:
ⅷ
HardPause sends the next set of numbers when you press
.
ⅷ
2-Sec. Pause automatically sends the next set of numbers after
two seconds.
Note: You can have multiple pauses in a phone number and combine 2-second
and hard pauses.
Todialorsavephonenumberswithpauses:
1. Enter the phone number and press
.
2. Highlight either HardPause or 2-Sec. Pause and press
.
(Hard pauses are displayed as a “H” and 2-second pauses as a “T”.)
3. Enter additional numbers.
4. To dial the number, press
with a hard pause, press
– or –
or
. (When dialing a number
to send the next set of numbers.)
To save the number in your Contacts list, press , highlight
SavePhone#, and press
.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
27
Dialing From the Contacts Directory
TodialdirectlyfromaContactsentry:
1. Press
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
Shortcut: Press on the navigation key to list entries.
4. Use your navigation key to scroll through the Contacts list,
highlight your desired entry, and press
.
5. Highlight the number you want to call.
6. Press Options (right softkey) for the menu options.
7. Highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn and press to place a call.
, or Call (left softkey) during
Tip: You can also place a call by pressing
step 5 above.
,
Note: The icons next to each entry represent the Contacts labels (for example,
Home, Work, Mobile, etc.). A triangle next to an icon means there is another
number for the entry. Press
label/number.
/
on the navigation key to select the desired
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
28
Using Speed Dialing
With this feature, you can dial your favorite entries using one key press
for locations 2-9. (See “Assigning Speed Dial Numbers” on page 90.)
Tousespeeddialforvoicecalls:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press and hold the appropriate key for
approximately two seconds.
– or –
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and
press
or
.
The display confirms that the number has been dialed when it shows
“Connecting...”.
TousespeeddialforPCSReadyLinkcalls:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key then press and
hold
. (See “Setting Speed Dialing for PCS Ready Link
Entries” on page 143.)
The display confirms that the number has been dialed when it shows
“R-Link calling...”.
Note: Speed dialing is not available when you are roaming; when you are
roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you must always dial using
eleven digits (1 + area code + number).
UsingAbbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing is another form of speed dialing. It allows you to
dial a number by entering just the last four digits of any number in your
Contacts directory. The Abbreviated Dialing option becomes available
when you enter the last four digits of a phone number and press
.
ToplaceacallusingAbbreviatedDialing:
1. Dial the last four digits of a contact’s phone number.
2. Press
to display the dialing options.
3. Highlight Abbrev. Dial and press
,
, or
.
Note: If there are more than two matched numbers in your Contacts list, the
number that comes first alphabetically will be dialed. If there is no matched
number, your phone dials the number you set for abbreviated dial with the last
4-digits you entered. See “Setting Abbreviated Dialing” on page 56.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
29
EnteringText
Selecting a Character Input Mode
Your PCS Vision Phone provides convenient ways to enter words,
letters, punctuation, and numbers whenever you are prompted to
enter text (for example, when adding a Contacts entry or when
sending Email messages).
Tochangethecharacterinputmode:
1. When you display a screen where you can enter text, press
Mode (right softkey).
2. Select a character input mode:
Ⅲ
T9Word to enter characters using predictive
T9 Text Input (see next page).
Ⅲ
Alphabet to enter characters by tapping the keypad
(see page 32).
Ⅲ
SYMBOL to enter symbols (see page 33).
Ⅲ
NUMBER to enter numbers (see page 33).
Ⅲ
CANNEDSUFFIX to enter a canned suffix (see page 33).
Ⅲ
SMILEYS to enter “emoticons” (see page 33).
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
30
Entering Characters UsingT9Text Input
T9 Text Input lets you enter text in your PCS Vision Phone by
pressing keys just once per letter. (To select the T9Word mode when
entering text, see “Selecting a Character Input Mode” on the
previous page.)
T9 Text Input analyzes the letters you enter using an intuitive word
database and creates a suitable word. (The word may change as you
enter more letters.) If the word you want does not display after you
have entered all the letters, press
to scroll through additional
word selections. To accept a word and insert a space, press
.
If you make a mistake, press to erase a single character. Press and
hold to delete an entire entry.
AddingaWordtotheT9Database
If a word you want to enter does not display as an option when you
are using T9 Text Input, you can add it to the database.
ToaddawordtotheT9TextInputdatabase:
1. Select the Alphabet input mode. (See “Selecting a Character
Input Mode” on the previous page.)
2. Enter the word using multi-tap text entry. (See “Entering
Characters by Tapping the Keypad” on the next page.)
3. Press the right softkey, highlight T9Word, and press . (The
word will appear as an option the next time you scroll through
options during T9 Text Input.)
For more information about T9 Text Input, visit the Tegic Website at
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
31
Entering Characters byTapping the Keypad
To enter characters by tapping the keypad, select the Alphabet mode
(see “Selecting a Character Input Mode” on page 30). Press the
corresponding key repeatedly until the desired character appears.
By default, the first letter of a word is capitalized and following letters
are lowercase.
Characters scroll in the following order:
English Sequence
Key
Upper Case
Lower Case
.,@ 1 ? ! # /
*
A B C 2
a b c 2
D E F 3
G H I 4
J K L 5
M N O 6
P Q R S 7
T U V 8
W XY Z 9
0
d e f 3
g h i 4
j k l 5
m n o 6
p q r s 7
t u v 8
w x y z 9
Space
Unshifted One-character- shifted Caps Lock
In Spanish mode, characters scroll in the following order:
Spanish Sequence
Key
Upper Case
Lower Case
.,@ 1 ¿ ? ¡ ! # /
*
A Á B C 2
a á b c 2
D E É F 3
G H I Í 4
J K L 5
d e é f 3
g h i í 4
j k l 5
M N Ñ O Ó 6
P Q R S 7
T U Ú Ü V 8
W XY Z 9
0
m n ñ o ó 6
p q r s 7
t u ú ü v 8
w x y z 9
Space
Unshifted One-character- shifted Caps Lock
(See page 59 for changing to Spanish language mode.)
After a character is entered, the cursor automatically advances to the
next space after two seconds or when you enter a character on a
different key.
Tip: The beginning of the word after the space is changed to upper/lower case
depending on shift mode. You can change the shift mode by pressing
.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
32
Entering Numbers,Symbols,Canned Suffixes and
Smileys
Toenternumbers:
1. In a text entry field, press Mode (right softkey).
2. Highlight NUMBER and press
.
3. Press the corresponding number key to enter the number.
Shortcut: Press and hold the corresponding number key to enter the number
directly in alphabet mode or T9 mode.
Toentersymbols:
1. In a text entry field, press Mode (right softkey).
2. Highlight SYMBOL and press
.
3. Highlight the line that includes your desired symbol.
4. Press the corresponding key (1-8) with each symbol.
– or –
Highlight your desired symbol by using the navigation key and
press
.
Toentercannedsuffixes
The Canned Suffix menu is a preprogrammed list of common
prefixes,suffixes,and punctuation strings (for example, “www.”,
“.com”, and “//”), designed to make text entry easier and more efficient.
1. In a text entry field, press Mode (right softkey).
2. Highlight CANNEDSUFFIX and press
3. Highlight your desired word by using the navigation key and
press
.
.
Toenter“emoticons”(smileys):
1. In a text entry field, press Mode (right softkey).
2. Highlight SMILEYS and press
.
3. Highlight the line that includes your desired smiley.
4. Press the corresponding key (1-4) with each smiley.
– or –
Highlight your desired smiley by using the navigation key and
press
.
Ⅲ
This feature does not apply in PCS Ready Link mode.
Section 2A: Your PCS Vision Phone – The Basics
33
Section 2B
Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ SoundSettings
DisplaySettings
LocationSettings
AirplaneMode
TTYUseWithPCSServiceFromSprint
PhoneSetupOptions
UsingthemenuoptionsavailableonyourPCSVisionPhone, youcan
customizeyourphone to sound, look, and operate just the way
you want it to. This section describes how you can change your
phone’s settings to best suit your needs. Take a few moments to
review these options and to adjust or add settings that are right
for you.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
34
Sound Settings
RingerTypes
Ringer types help you identify incoming calls and messages. You can
assign ringer types to individual Contacts entries, types of calls, and
types of messages.
ⅷ
PreprogrammedRingers include a variety of standard ringer types
and familiar music.
ⅷ
VibratingRinger alerts you to calls or messages without
disturbing others.
ⅷ
DownloadedRingerscan be downloaded right to your phone.
(See “Downloading Premium Services Content” on page 179 and
“Ringers” on page 183.)
SelectingRingerTypesforVoiceCalls
Your PCS Vision Phone provides a variety of ringer options that allow
you to customize your ring and volume settings. These options allow
you to identify incoming calls by the ringer.
Toselectaringertypeforvoicecalls:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select RingerType and press
.
5. Select VoiceCalls and press
.
6. Select the menu under WithCallerID, NoCallerID, or Roaming
and press
.
7. Select your desired ringer type and press
.
Ⅲ
RingerType to select a ringer type. Scroll through available
ringers to hear previews.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ringer&Voice to notify you with Ringer & Voice for voice calls.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 110).
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
35
SelectingRingerTypesforVoicemail
Toselectaringertypeforvoicemail:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select RingerType and press
.
5. Select Voicemail and press
.
6. Select the menu under Voicemail and press
.
7. Select your desired ringer type and press
.
Ⅲ
RingerType to select a ringer type. Scroll through available
ringers to hear previews.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
VoiceRinger to notify you with Voice for voicemail.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 110).
SelectingRingerTypesforMessages
Toselectaringertypeformessages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select RingerType and press
.
5. Select Messaging and press
.
6. Select the menu under Messaging and press
.
7. Select your desired ringer type and press
.
Ⅲ
RingerType to select a ringer type. Scroll through available
ringers to hear previews.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
VoiceRinger to notify you with Voice for Messages.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 110).
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
36
SelectingRingerTypesforCalendar
Toselectaringertypeforcalendar:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select RingerType and press
.
5. Select Calendar and press
.
6. Select the menu under Calendar and press
.
7. Select your desired type and press
.
Ⅲ
RingerType to select a ringer type. Scroll through available
ringers to hear previews.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
VoiceRinger to notify you with Voice for calendar events.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 110).
Selecting aTone Length
Longer tone lengths may be better for tone recognition when dialing
voicemail or other automated systems.
Toselectatonelength:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Sounds and press
4. Select Others and press
.
.
.
5. Select the menu under ToneLength and press
6. Select Short or Long and press
.
.
Setting Ready Link IncomingTone
With this feature, you can select Ready Link incoming tone.
ToselectaReadyLinkincomingtone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press
.
4. Select IncomingTone and press
.
5. Select Single or Continuous and press
.
Ⅲ
Single to notify you of an incoming Ready Link call with a
single tone.
Ⅲ
Continuous to notify you of an incoming Ready Link call with
a continuous tone.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
37
Setting a Start-up/Power-offTone
1. Follow steps 1-4 in “Selecting a Tone Length.”
2. Select the menu under Start-upTone or Power-offTone and
press
.
3. Select your desired tone and press
.
Ⅲ
Tone to select a tone. Scroll through available tones to hear
previews.
Ⅲ
GetNew to start up the browser so you can select a tone to
download (see page 110).
Tip: You can set the volume of Start-up Tone and Power-off Tone. See next page.
UsingVoice Prompt
This feature allows you to hear voice prompts at Voice Memo,
Screen Call setting, Voice Dial, etc. (default setting is On).
Todeactivatethisfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Sounds and press
4. Select Others and press
.
.
.
5. Select the menu under VoicePrompt and press
6. Select Off and press
.
.
Tip: When ringer volume is set to “Silence All,” voice prompts cannot be heard.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
38
Adjusting the Phone’s Volume Settings
You can adjust your phone’s volume settings to suit your needs and
your environment.
Toadjusttheringer,start-up/power-off,orkeybeepvolume:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select Ringer/KeyVol. and press
.
5. Select the item you wish to change and press
.
Ⅲ
RingerVolume to adjust Ringer tone volume.
Ⅲ
Start-up/Pw-off to adjust Start-up/Power-off tone volume.
Ⅲ
KeyBeep to adjust Key Beep tone volume.
6. Adjust a volume level by using
/
on the navigation key and
press
.
Ⅲ
RingerOff to set the Voice Call ringer volume to off. (Only
appears in Ringer Volume setting.)
Ⅲ
SilenceAll to set all the ringer volumes settings to off.
(Only appears in Ringer Volume setting. See “Silence All” on
page 41.)
Toadjusttheearpieceorspeakervolume:
1. Follow steps 1-3 above.
2. Select ReceiverVol. and press
.
3. Select either Earpiece or Speaker and press
.
Ⅲ
When you use speakerphone mode, select Speaker during
step 3 above.
4. Adjust a volume level by using
press
/
on the navigation key and
.
Tip: You can adjust the ringer volume in standby mode by using the Side Volume
key, and adjust earpiece volume during a call by using
or the Side Volume key.
/
on the navigation key
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
39
Alert Notification
Your PCS Phone can alert you with an audible tone when you change
service areas, once a minute during a voice call, or when a call has
been connected.
ⅷ
Service sets alert on or off for network services parameter
changes.
ⅷ
Voicemail sets an alert to notify you of voice messages.
ⅷ
Messaging sets an alert to notify you of text messages.
ⅷ
MinuteBeep sets a minute reminder that beeps ten seconds before
the end of each minute during a call.
ⅷ
SignalFade sets an alert to notify you when your phone loses a
signal during a call.
Tosetalerts:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Sounds and press
4. Select Alerts and press
.
.
.
5. Select your desired option and press
.
6. If you selected Service, MinuteBeep, or SignalFade, select On or
Off. If you selected Voicemail or Messaging, select Once,
RepeatAlert, or Off.
Tip: Repeat Alert sounds an alert every two minutes for twenty minutes.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
40
SilenceAll
There may be times when you need to silence your phone entirely.
The phone’s Silence All option allows you to mute all sounds without
turning your phone off.
ToactivateSilenceAll:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select Ringer/KeyVol. and press
5. Select the menu under RingerVolume and press
6. Press on the navigation key until SilenceAll appears on the
display and press
.
.
.
Tip: When Ringer Volume is set as Silence All, other items are changed to Off and
cannot be highlighted.
TodeactivateSilenceAll:
ᮣ
Press the volume key up repeatedly to select a desired
volume level.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
41
Display Settings
Changing theText Greeting
The text greeting can be up to fifteen characters and is displayed on
your phone’s screen in standby mode. You may choose to display a
custom greeting or you may display “Sprint” on the phone’s screen.
Todisplayorchangeyourcustomgreeting:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Display and press
4. Select Greeting and press
.
.
.
5. Select Custom and press
.
Ⅲ
You can customize the greeting by entering a personalized
greeting. (See “Entering Text” on page 30.)
6. Press
.
Todisplaythedefaultgreeting(“Sprint”):
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.
2. Select Default and press
.
Ⅲ
When you are in PCS Ready Link mode, “Ready Link”
appears on the display instead of “Sprint.”
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
42
Changing the BacklightTime Length
The backlight setting lets you select how long the display screen and
keypad are backlit after any key press is made.
TochangetheMainLCDorSubLCDbacklightsetting:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Display and press
4. Select Backlight and press
.
.
.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press
.
6. Select AlwaysOn, AlwaysOff, or your defined time length and
press
.
Ⅲ
AlwaysOff always turns the backlight off.
Ⅲ
AlwaysOn keeps the backlight on indefinitely.
Note: The Always On setting returns to the previous value the next time you turn
on the phone.
TochangetheKeypadbacklightsetting:
1. Select Key during previous step 5, and press
.
2. Select AlwaysOff or your defined time length and press
.
Note: Long backlight settings affect the battery’s talk and standby times.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
43
Changing the Display Screen
Your new PCS Vision Phone offers options for what you see on the
display screen while powering on or off and when in standby mode.
Tochangethedisplayimages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Display and press
4. Select Animation and press
.
.
.
5. Select Standby, OutgoingCalls, or ServiceSearch, and press
6. Select the menu under the item and press
.
.
7. Select your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
Press Preview (right softkey) to see a sample display.
Ⅲ
For standby, you will also set the animation starting time.
Select the option under after and press , then highlight
your desired setting time and press
.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Preset to use the pre-programmed animation.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 111).
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 7 above.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
44
Changing the Display for Incoming Calls
You can set the color or downloaded image (screen saver) to be
shown on the Incoming Calls display.
Followthesesteps:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select IncomingCalls and press
5. Select the menu under IncomingCalls and press
6. Select your desired color or downloaded image (screen saver)
.
.
and press
.
Ⅲ
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 111).
Ⅲ
If you select the downloaded image (screen saver) data
during step 6 above, press Preview (right softkey) to see an
example display.
Changing the Display forArea Name
This feature enables you to show the area of the phone number you
are calling or are called from when the number is not registered in
your Contacts list. For example, a call to or from 213-555-5555 will
display “California.”
Followthesesteps:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select MatchAreaCode and press
.
5. Select On or Off and press
.
Ⅲ
This feature is available only when the phone number is
10 digits, or 11 digits beginning with 1 and matches an
area code.
Ⅲ
The area name will not be displayed for numbers in your
Contacts list or for incoming calls when an Animation
Ringer is assigned.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
45
Changing the Display for Standby Mode
This feature enables you to select a variety of items to display in
standby mode.
Tosetyourstandbydisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select StandbyDisplay and press
.
5. Select your desired item and press
.
Ⅲ
ScreenSaver selects the screen saver to display.
Calendar displays the Calendar.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
DigitalClock displays the local time in digital view.
AnalogClock displays the local time in analog view.
WorldClock displays the time of the selected city or country
along with the local time. You can scroll the World Clock list
by pressing
/
on the navigation key. Press Summer (left
softkey) or Standard (right softkey) to change between
Daylight Savings and standard time if applicable. (The “
icon indicates Daylight Savings time.)
”
Tip: You can also display the World Clock from Tools/Extras menu. See “Using the
World Clock” on page 107.
Ⅲ
Default returns the standby display to its default setting.
6. Press
to save the setting to follow each system prompt or
when confirming the preview display.
Tip: In an area without service, Screen Saver, Calendar, Digital Clock,
Analog Clock, or World Clock cannot be shown on the standby display.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
46
Changing the Screen Saver
Your new PCS Phone offers you the option of displaying a screen
saver while in standby mode.
Toassignascreensaver:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select StandbyDisplay and press
.
5. Select ScreenSaver and press
.
6. Select the menu under ScreenSaver and press
.
7. Select your desired screen saver, and press
.
Ⅲ
preset to select a pre-installed screen saver.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download (see page 111).
Press Preview (right softkey) during step 7 above to see an
example display.
8. Press Save (left softkey) to save the screen saver.
Tip: In an area without service, Screen Saver, Calendar, Time (Large), or
World Clock cannot be shown on the standby display.
Changing the Display for My Buddy
This feature enables you to see a funny animation for 30 seconds on
the Main LCD by opening the flip.
Followthesesteps:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Display and press
4. Select MyBuddy and press
5. Select On or Off and press
Ⅲ
.
.
.
.
Press Preview (right softkey) during step 5 above to see a
display preview. Press the right softkey to switch between
Main/Sub LCD’s display preview.
Ⅲ
Press Info (left softkey) to see My Buddy information.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
47
Changing the LED Indicator Color
Tochangethephone’sLEDindicatorcolor:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select LED and press
.
5. Select DuringCall, IncomingCalls, Voicemail, Messaging, or
Calendar and press
.
Ⅲ
IncomingCalls allows you to select the menu from
WithCallerID, NoCallerID, or Roaming. To select your desired
menu, highlight it and press
.
6. Select your desired color patterns and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6 above.
Changing the Phone’s Main Menu Style
Your PCS Phone allows you to choose how the menu appears on your
display screen.
Toselectthedisplay’smainmenustyle:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select MainMenu and press
.
5. Select either Graphic or Text and press
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
48
Changing theTheme Color
You can customize your phone display’s appearance by selecting a
color scheme to reflect your personality.
Tochangethedisplay’sthemecolor:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Display and press
4. Select Color and press
.
.
.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press
.
6. Select your desired color and press
.
Changing the Font Size
You can change the font size settings for the message notification and
browser.
Tochangethefontsize:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Display and press
4. Select FontSize and press
.
.
.
5. Select either Message or Browser and press
.
6. Select your desired font size.
Ⅲ
Press Preview (right softkey) to display a font size example.
7. Press
to set the selected font.
Tip: From the font example display,select your desired font size by pressing
/
on the navigation key.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
49
Location Settings
Your PCS Vision Phone is equipped with a Location feature for use in
connection with location-based services that may be available
in the future.
The Location feature allows the network to detect your position.
Turning Location off will hide your location from everyone
except 911.
Note: Even if the Location feature is enabled, no service may use your location
without your express permission.
Toenableyourphone’sLocationfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Location and press
.
4. Press
or OK (left softkey) or wait a few seconds until the
message scrolls down completely.
5. Select On and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 5 above.
When the Location feature is on, your phone’s standby screen will
display the
display.
icon. When Location is turned off, the
icon will
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
50
Airplane Mode
Airplane Mode allows you to use many of your phone’s features, such
as Games, Voice Memos, etc., when you are in an airplane or in any
other area where making or receiving calls or data is prohibited.
When your phone is in Airplane Mode, it cannot send or receive any
calls or access online information.
TosetyourphonetoAirplaneMode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select AirplaneMode and press
.
5. You will see a message on the display. Press
or OK (left
softkey) to continue.
Ⅲ
Press Cancel (right softkey) to return to previous menu.
6. Select On and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6.
While in Airplane Mode, your phone’s standby screen will display
“Phone off.”
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
51
TTY UseWith PCS Service From Sprint
A TTY (also known as a TDD or Text Telephone) is a
telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard
of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to
communicate by telephone.
Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices. Please check with
the manufacturer of your TTY device to ensure that it supports digital
wireless transmission. Your phone and TTY device will connect via a
special cable that plugs into your phone’s headset jack. If this cable
was not provided with your TTY device, contact your TTY device
manufacturer to purchase the connector cable.
When establishing your PCS Service, please call PCS Customer
Solutions via the state Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) by
first dialing
. Then provide the state TRS with
this number: 866-727-4889.
ToturnTTY Modeonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Others and press
.
.
4. Select TTY and press . (You will see a message on the display.)
5. Press or OK (left softkey) to continue.
6. Select Enable or Disable and press
.
Note: In TTY Mode, your phone will display the TTY access icon.
If TTY mode is enabled, the audio quality of non-TTY devices connected to the
headset jack may be impaired.
IMPORTANT NOTICE: 911 Emergency Calling
Sprint recommends that TTY users make Emergency calls by other means,
including Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS), analog cellular, and
landline communications. Wireless TTY calls to 911 may be corrupted when
received by public safety answering points (PSAPs) rendering some
communications unintelligible. The problem encountered appears related to TTY
equipment or software used by PSAPs. This matter has been brought to the
attention of the FCC, and the wireless industry and PSAP community are
currently working to resolve this.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
52
Phone Setup Options
Shortcut
Your phone offers you the option of assigning a shortcut key to a
favorite or often-used function. Pressing the navigation key to the left
in standby mode will launch your personally designated shortcut.
Toassignyourshortcutkey:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select MyShortcut and press
.
5. Select the menu under MyShortcut and press
.
6. Select your desired menu option and press
.
Ⅲ
Press Info (right softkey) during step 5 above to see an
information screen.
AutoAnswer Mode
You may set your phone to automatically pick up incoming calls
when connected to an optional hands-free car kit and headset (sold
separately).
TosetAutoAnswermode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select AutoAnswer and press
.
5. Select CarKit/Headset or SpeakerPhone and press
.
6. Select either 5Seconds or 15Seconds and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6 above.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
53
Setting the Open/Close Flip Option
This feature enables you to answer an incoming call by opening the
flip or to end a call by closing the flip.
ToactivatetheOpenFlipfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select Open/CloseFlip and press
5. Select Open and press
.
.
6. Select AnswerCall and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select NoAction during step 6.
ToactivatetheCloseFlipfeature:
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.
2. Select Close and press . (You will see a message on the display.)
3. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
4. Select EndCall and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Mute during step 4.
Note: This feature does not apply when you are using the speakerphone,
a headset, or a car kit.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
54
SettingAny KeyAnswer
This feature allows you to answer incoming calls by pressing any key
(except
Toactivatethisfeature:
1. Press to access the main menu.
,
,
,
,
,
, or the navigation key).
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select AnyKeyAnswer and press
.
5. Select On and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 5 above.
Setting the Side Key Guard
This feature enables you to lock your side keys (Ready Link [Memo]
button, Side Volume key, Side Call key) while the flip is closed.
Toactivatethisfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select SideKeyGuard and press
.
5. Select On and press
.
Ⅲ
KeyGuard appears on the Sub LCD when you press any side
key while the flip is closed.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 5 above.
Note: This feature does not apply when the flip is open.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
55
SettingAbbreviated Dialing
Abbreviated Dialing is another form of speed dialing. It allows you to
dial a number by entering just the last four digits of any number in
your Contacts Directory. If the last four digits you enter do not match
any stored Contacts entry, the digits are automatically prepended
with the area code and prefix you specify.
Toactivatethisfeature:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select Abbrev. Dial and press
5. Select Enable and press
.
.
6. Enter a six-digit number (area code and prefix) and press
or
OK (left softkey).
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, highlight Disable during step 5
above.
Tip: If you enter fewer than 6 digits, the display shows a warning message. See
“Using Abbreviated Dialing” on page 29.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
56
Headset Mode
This feature allows you hands-free phone use. Set the headset mode
to Voice Call or Ready Link and press the Turbo Button (the operation
button) on the headset to activate useful functions.
Tosetheadsetmode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select HeadsetMode and press
.
5. Select VoiceCall or ReadyLink and press
.
Ⅲ
Press Info (right softkey) during step 5 above to see the
Headset Mode information screen.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 5 above.
With the headset:
ⅷ
VoiceCall: Press the Turbo Button to activate Voice dial. Press
twice to redial the last call. Press and hold the button to record a
Voice Memo.
ⅷ
ReadyLink: Press and hold the Turbo Button to redial the last
PCS Ready Link call.
Note: If your headset doesn’t have a Turbo Button, set headset mode to Off.
Sleep Mode
This feature helps conserve your battery power by restricting the
display.
Tosetsleepmode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select SleepMode and press
.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press
.
.
6. Select your desired option and press
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, highlight Off during step 6 above.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
57
Setting Message Notification
You can see a pop-up message notification when you receive a text
message or Voicemail while you are in PCS Vision applications,
Browser mode, or Voice Calls.
Tosetmessagenotification:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Messaging and press
.
4. Select DisplayPop-up and press
.
5. Highlight the box and press
to check/uncheck the box next
to Games/Apps, Browser, or VoiceCalls.
6. Press Save (left softkey).
Ⅲ
Press Info (right softkey) during step 5 above to see the
Messages information.
Editing Canned Messages
Your phone can store pre-set (canned) messages for use with text
messaging. You can edit your phone’s default canned messages
through the Settings menu. (For more information on using canned
messages, see page 166.)
Toedityourphone’scannedmessages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Messaging and press
.
4. Select CannedMsgs and press
.
5. Select the message you want to edit and press
.
Ⅲ
To reset all messages, press Options (right softkey), select
ResetAllMsgs, and press during step 5 above.
6. Use your keypad to edit the message and press OK (left softkey)
or to save your changes. (“Canned Msg Saved” will display.)
Note: For information on editing text, see “Entering Text” on page 30.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
58
Setting the CurrentTime
Tosetthecurrenttimewhenyouareroaminginanareawithno
digitalnetwork:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Others and press
.
4. Select SetTime/Date and press
.
5. Set the current time and date and press
.
Note: This feature is only available when you are in an area with no digital
network available.
Display Language
You can choose to display your PCS Phone’s onscreen menus in
English or in Spanish.
Toassignalanguageforthephone’sdisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Others and press
4. Select Language and press
.
.
.
5. Select English or Español and press
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings
59
Section 2C
Setting Your Phone’s Security
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ AccessingtheSecurityMenu
UsingYourPhone’sLockFeature
RestrictingCalls
UsingSpecialNumbers
ErasingtheContactsDirectory
ErasingAllDownloads
ResettingYourPhone
ResettingandLockingYourPhoneThroughSMS
SM
SecurityFeaturesforPCSVision
ByusingthesecuritysettingsonyourPCSVisionPhone, youreceive
peaceofmindwithoutsacrificingflexibility. This section will
familiarize you with your phone’s security settings. With several
options available, you can customize your phone to meet your
personal needs.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
60
Accessing the Security Menu
All of your phone’s security settings are available through the
Security menu. You must enter your lock code to view the
Security menu.
ToaccesstheSecuritymenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
.
3. Select Security and press
4. Enter your lock code. (The Security menu is displayed.)
Tip: If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of either your
Social Security number or PCS Phone Number or try 0000. If none of these work,
call PCS Customer Solutions at 1-888-211-4PCS (4727).
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
61
UsingYour Phone’s Lock Feature
LockingYour Phone
When your phone is locked, you can only receive incoming calls or
make calls to 911, PCS Customer Solutions, or special numbers.
Tolockyourphone:
1. From the Security menu (see “Accessing the Security Menu” on
the previous page), select LockPhone and press
.
2. Highlight LockNow or OnPower-up and press
.
3. Depending on your preference, highlight either FullLock or
Excp. Incom.Calls and press
.
Ⅲ
FullLock: No phone calls can be made, except for
Emergency number,
(PCS Customer Solutions),
or special numbers. No phone calls can be received except
for special numbers.
Ⅲ
Excp. Incom.Calls: No phone calls can be made, except for
Emergency number,
(PCS Customer Solutions),
or special numbers, but all incoming calls can be received.
Tip: If you want to cancel the “On Power-up” setting before turning the phone off,
select Unlocked during step 2 above.
UnlockingYour Phone
Tounlockyourphone:
1. Press Unlock (left softkey).
2. Enter your lock code. (Your phone will unlock and return to
standby mode.)
Changing the Lock Code
Tochangeyourlockcode:
1. From the Security Menu display (see “Accessing the Security
Menu” on the previous page), select Others and press
.
2. Select ChangeLock and press
.
3. Enter a new lock code, (“1234” for example) under NewCode.
4. Reenter the new code under ReenterCode.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
62
Calling in Lock Mode
You can place calls to 911, PCS Customer Solutions, and to your
special numbers when in lock mode. (For information on special
numbers, see “Using Special Numbers” on the next page.)
Toplaceanoutgoingcallinlockmode:
ᮣ
To call an Emergency number, special number, or PCS Customer
Solutions, enter the phone number and press
.
Restricting Calls
There may be occasions when you want to limit the numbers your
phone can call or from which it can receive calls. You can use the
Restrict Calls setting to do just that. (The Restrict Calls setting does
not apply to 911 or PCS Customer Solutions.)
Torestrictcalls:
1. From the Security Menu display (see “Accessing the Security
Menu” on page 61), select Others and press
2. Select LimitUse and press
3. Select OutgoingCalls or IncomingCalls and press
.
.
.
4. Highlight your desired option, and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
AllowAll Lets you make or receive all calls.
ⅷ
PhoneBookOnly Lets you make or receive calls to or from Contacts
entries, Voicemail, or special numbers only.
ⅷ
Special#sOnly Lets you make or receive calls to or from three
special numbers only. (See “Using Special Numbers” on the
next page.)
Note: Restricted incoming calls are forwarded to voicemail.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
63
Using Special Numbers
Special numbers are important numbers that you have designated as
being “always available.” You can call and receive calls from special
numbers even if your phone is locked.
You can save 3 special numbers in addition to your Contacts entries
(the same number may be in both directories).
Toaddorreplaceaspecialnumber:
1. From the Security Menu display (see “Accessing the Security
Menu” on page 61), select Others and press
2. Select Special#s and press
3. Select the box under an entry number and press
.
.
.
4. Enter your desired phone number and press
.
– or –
Press Options (right softkey), select FromPh. Book or Voicemail,
and press
.
5. When you have finished entering or changing your special
numbers, press Done (left softkey).
Toinsertpausesintoaspecialnumber:
1. From step 4 above, enter the phone number and press Options
(right softkey) for the options.
2. Highlight HardPause, 2-Sec. Pause, or Hyphen and press
.
3. Finish entering the rest of the numbers and press
.
Erasing the Contacts Directory
You can quickly and easily erase all of the contents of your
Contacts Directory.
ToeraseallthenamesandphonenumbersinyourContactsDirectory:
1. From the Security Menu display (see “Accessing the Security
Menu” on page 61), select ErasePh. Book and press
2. If you’re sure you want to erase your Contacts, highlight Yes and
press
.
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
64
ErasingAll Downloads
ToerasealldatadownloadedfromtheWeb:
1. From the Security Menu display (see “Accessing the Security
Menu” on page 61), select EraseDownload and press
.
2. If you’re sure you want to erase all data downloaded from the
Web, select Yes and press
.
Ⅲ
If you have assigned downloaded data, the function returns
to its default setting.
ResettingYour Phone
Resetting the phone restores all the factory defaults, including the
ringer types and display settings. The Contacts, Call History,
Scheduler, and Messaging are not affected.
Toresetyourphone:
1. From the Security Menu display (see “Accessing the Security
Menu” on page 61), select ResetPhone and press
2. If you’re sure you want to reset your phone, select Yes and
press
.
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
65
ResettingandLockingYourPhoneThroughSMS
When your phone is lost or stolen, you can erase your important
personal information (such as Contacts entries, call history, and
messages) and lock your phone by sending a special formatted SMS
message to your phone.
message to your phone (input your 10-digit PCS Phone Number
followed by “@messaging.sprintpcs.com.”) in the following format:
\ \ RESET **<Passcode>** RESET
<Passcode> – your defined passcode.
The default passcode is your phone’s 11-digit ESN
(Electronic Serial Number), which is written on the
package or on the phone itself.
The locked phone will display the following message:
“If found, please call PCS Customer Solutions 1-888-211-4727.”
Toactivatethisfeature,thefollowingpresettingisrequired:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Security and press
4. Enter your lock code.
5. Select Others and press
6. Select FoundMe and press
.
.
.
.
7. Select Reset/Lock and press
8. Select Enable and press
.
.
To unlock a phone that has been locked through SMS, bring the
phone to a Sprint Store.
ChangingthePasscode
TochangethepasscodeforthespecialformattedSMSmessages:
1. Follow steps 1-6 above.
2. Select ChgPasscode and press
.
3. Enter new passcode in the box under NewPasscode (11 digits).
4. Reenter the new passcode in the box under ReenterCode.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
66
SM
Security Features for PCSVision
Enabling and Disabling PCSVision Services
You can disable PCS Vision services without turning off your phone;
however, you will not have access to all PCS Vision services,
including Web and messaging. Disabling PCS Vision will avoid any
charges associated with PCS Vision services. While signed out, you
can still place or receive phone calls, check voicemail, and use other
voice services. You may enable PCS Vision services again at any time.
TodisablePCSVisionservices:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select PCSVision and press
.
4. Select DisableVision and press . (A message will appear.)
5. Press Disable (right softkey) to confirm that you want to sign out.
ToenablePCSVisionservices:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select PCSVision and press
.
4. Select EnableVision and press
5. Press OK (left softkey) to sign in.
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security
67
Section 2D
Controlling Your Roaming Experience
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UnderstandingRoaming
SettingYourPhone’sRoamMode
ControllingRoamingChargesUsingCallGuard
Roamingistheabilitytomakeorreceivecallswhenyou’reoffthe
SprintNationwidePCSNetwork. Your new dual-band/tri-mode
PCS Vision Phone works anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network and allows you to roam on other analog and 1900 and
800 MHz digital networks where we’ve implemented roaming
agreements with other carriers.
This section explains how roaming works as well as special features
that let you manage your roaming experience.
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience
68
Understanding Roaming
RecognizingIconsontheDisplayScreen
Your phone’s display screen always lets you know when you’re off
the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and whether your phone is
operating in analog or digital mode. The following chart indicates
what you’ll see depending on where you’re using your phone.
Main LCD/Sub LCD
Roaming Indicator
Analog Indicator
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network
Other Digital Networks
Digital Roam
Analog Networks
Analog Roam
Tip: Remember, when you are using your phone off the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network, always dial numbers using 11 digits (1 + area code + number).
Note: Unless your PCS Service Plan includes roaming, you will pay a higher
per-minute rate for roaming calls.
RoamingonOtherDigitalNetworks
When you’re roaming on digital networks, your call quality and
security will be similar to the quality you receive when making calls
on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. However, you may not be
able to access certain features, such as PCS Vision.
Note: PCS Ready Link Service is not available in roaming areas.
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience
69
RoamingonAnalogNetworks
When you roam on analog networks, you will experience a similar
quality provided by other analog carriers today. Although some
features, such as PCS Vision, PCS Ready Link, and PCS Voice Command,
will be unavailable, you can still make and receive calls and access
voicemail. If you are accustomed to PCS Service, you may notice some
of the following differences when using analog service:
ⅷ
You are more likely to experience static, cross-talk, fade-out, and
dropped calls.
ⅷ
Some features which are standard on the enhanced
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, such as call waiting, PCS Vision,
PSC Ready Link, and direct international dialing, are unavailable.
ⅷ
Though callers can leave voicemail messages while you are
roaming, you may not receive notification until you return to the
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. (See “Checking for Voicemail
Messages While Roaming” on the next page).
ⅷ
There are security and privacy risks (eavesdropping and cloning)
that exist with conventional analog services today.
ⅷ
Your battery’s charge will deplete more quickly and you will need
to recharge it more often when you use your phone for analog
roaming.
Note: If you’re on a call when you leave the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and
enter an area where roaming is available (whether digital or analog), your call is
dropped. If your call is dropped in an area where you think PCS Service is
available, turn your phone off and on again to reconnect to the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network.
Note: When using your phone in analog mode, the phone may feel warm. This is
normal for analog operation.
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience
70
CheckingforVoicemailMessagesWhileRoaming
When you are roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you
may not receive on-phone notification of new voicemail messages.
Callers can still leave messages, but you will need to periodically
check your voicemail for new messages if you are in a roaming
service area for an extended period of time.
Tocheckyourvoicemailwhileroaming:
ᮣ
Dial 1+area code+your PCS Phone Number.
When you return to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, voicemail
notification will resume as normal.
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience
71
SettingYour Phone’s Roam Mode
Your PCS Vision Phone allows you to control your roaming
capabilities. By using the Roaming menu option, you can determine
which signals your phone accepts.
SetMode
Choose from three different settings on your dual-band/tri-mode
phone to control your roaming experience.
Tosetyourphone’sroammode:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Roaming and press
4. Select SetMode and press
.
.
.
5. Select an option from the following, and press
.
Ⅲ
Sprint allows you to access the enhanced
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network only and prevents
roaming on other networks.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Automatic seeks PCS Service. When PCS Service is
unavailable, the phone searches for an alternate system.
Analog forces the phone to seek an analog roaming system.
The previous setting (Sprint or Automatic) is restored the
next time the phone is turned on.
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience
72
ControllingRoamingChargesUsingCallGuard
Your phone has two ways of alerting you when you are roaming off
the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network: the onscreen roaming icon and
Call Guard. Call Guard makes it easy to manage your roaming charges
by requiring an extra step before you can place or answer a roaming
call. (This additional step is not required when you make or receive
calls while on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.)
ToturnCallGuardonoroff:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select Roaming and press
4. Select CallGuard and press
.
.
.
5. Highlight On or Off and press
.
ToplaceroamingcallswithCallGuardon:
1. From standby mode, dial 1 + area code + the seven-digit
number. (You can also initiate a call from the Contacts directory,
Call History, or Messaging.)
2. Press
or
(or press
and highlight Call or
Call:SpeakerOn) and press
.
3. Press
to proceed while the pop-up message is displayed.
– or –
ᮣ
Press any key to erase the pop-up message, press , highlight
RoamCall, or Roam:SpeakerOn, and press
.
ToanswerincomingroamingcallswithCallGuardon:
ᮣ
Press , highlight Answer or Answer:Speaker, and press
.
– or –
1. Press
or
.
2. Press
to proceed while the pop-up message is displayed.
Reminder: If the Call Guard feature is set to On, you need to take extra steps to
make and receive roaming calls, even if you have selected the Analog setting
(see the previous page).
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience
73
Section 2E
Navigating Through Menus
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ MenuNavigation
MenuStructure
ViewingtheMenus
EveryfunctionandfeatureofyourPCSVisionReadyLinkPhoneRL-7300
canbeaccessedthroughanonscreenmenu. This section is a road map
to using your PCS Vision Phone. Please take a few moments to
learn your way around and you’ll find your phone easier to use.
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus
74
Menu Navigation
The navigation key on your PCS Vision Phone allows you to scroll
through menus quickly and easily. The scroll bar at the right of the
menu keeps track of your position in the menu at all times.
To navigate through a menu, simply press the navigation key up
or down.
Menu Structure
SelectingMenuItems
As you navigate through the menu, menu options are highlighted.
Select any numbered option by simply pressing the corresponding
number on the phone’s keypad. You may also select any item by
highlighting it and pressing
Forexample,ifyouwanttoviewyourlastincomingcall:
1. Press to access the main menu.
.
2. Select CallHistory by pressing . (It may already be highlighted.)
3. Select IncomingCalls by pressing on the navigation key or by
highlighting it and pressing . (If you have received any calls,
they are displayed on the screen.)
BackingUpWithinaMenu
Togotothepreviousmenu:
ᮣ
Press
.
Toreturntostandbymode:
ᮣ
Press
.
Shortcuts
on the navigation key is a shortcut to the My Shortcut menu.
(See page 53 for setting.)
on the navigation key is a shortcut to the Contacts menu.
on the navigation key is a shortcut to the Messaging menu.
on the navigation key is a shortcut to the Downloads menu.
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus
75
Viewing the Menus
MenuDiagram
The following list outlines your phone’s menu structure.
1. Call History
1. Outgoing Calls
2. Incoming Calls
3. Missed Calls
4. Erase History
2. Contacts
1. Find/Add Entry
2. Speed Dial #s
3. My Phone#
4. Services
3. Messaging
1. Send Text
2. PictureMail
3. Text Msg
4. Go to Email
5. Voicemail
4. Web
5. Downloads
1. Games
2. Ringers
3. Screen Savers
4. Applications
5. Dynamic 1-10 (If applicable)
6. Others
6. Settings
1. Sounds
1. Ringer/Key Vol.
2. Ringer Type
3. Alerts
4. Receiver Vol.
5. Others
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus
76
2. Display
1. Backlight
2. Greeting
3. Font Size
4. Color
5. Animation
6. Incoming Calls
7. Match AreaCode
8. Standby Display
9. Main Menu
10.My Buddy
11.Sleep Mode
12.LED
3. PCS Vision
1. Enable (or Disable) Vision
2. Net Guard
3. Update Profile
4. Ready Link
1. Enable/Disable
2. List Update
3. Restart R-Link
4. R-Link Guard
5. Incoming Tone
5. Location
6. Roaming
1. Set Mode
2. Call Guard
7. Messaging
1. Display Pop-up
2. Canned Msgs
8. Security
1. Lock Phone
2. Erase Ph. Book
3. EraseDownload
4. Reset Phone
5. Others
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus
77
9. Others
1. Any Key Answer
2. Auto Answer
3. Open/Close Flip
4. Abbrev. Dial
5. Headset Mode
6. TTY
7. Side Key Guard
8. My Shortcut
9. Airplane Mode
10.Set Time/Date
11.Language
7. Tools/Extras
1. Calendar
2. Calculator
3. World Clock
4. PC Sync
1. Ringers
2. Images
3. Erase Data
8. Voice Services
1. Voice Memo
1. Record
2. Play
3. Play:Speaker
4. Erase All
2. Screen Call
1. Auto
2. Annoucement
3. Voice Dial
1. Program
2. Review
3. Rev:Speaker
4. Erase All
9. Phone Info
1. Phone# UserID
2. Help
3. Version
4. Advanced
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus
78
Section 2F
Managing Call History
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ViewingHistory
CallHistoryOptions
MakingaCallFromCallHistory
SavingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory
PrependingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory
ErasingCallHistory
TheCallHistorykeepstrackofincomingcalls, callsmadefromyour
PCSVisionPhone, andmissedcalls. This section guides you through
accessing and making the most of your Call History.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
79
Viewing History
You’ll find the Call History feature very helpful. They are lists of the
last 20 voice calls and the last 10 Ready Link calls that you placed,
accepted, or missed. Call History makes redialing a number fast and
easy. It is continually updated as new numbers are added to the
beginning of the list and the oldest entries are removed from the
bottom of the list.
Each entry contains the phone number (if it is available) and
contact’s name (if the phone number is in your Contacts). Duplicate
calls (same number and type of call) may only appear once on the list.
ToviewaCallHistoryentry:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory and press
.
3. Select OutgoingCalls, IncomingCalls, or MissedCalls and press
.
(The selected Call History list will display.)
Tip: You can switch the Voice Call history to the PCS Ready Link call history by
pressing R-Link (left softkey). To return to the Voice Call history, press Voice Call
(left softkey).
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
80
Call History Options
For additional information and options on a particular call, highlight
a Call History entry and press Options (right softkey).
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.
ⅷ
SendText to send a text message. See page 166 for details.
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number (if applicable). If the
caller’s phone number is already saved in your Contacts list,
GotoPhoneBook appears. (See “Saving a Phone Number From Call
History” on the next page.)
ⅷ
Prepend to add numbers to the beginning of the phone number.
(See “Prepending a Phone Number From Call History” on
page 83.)
ⅷ
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to the Ready Link
Personal List. (Only appears when PCS Ready Link mode is set to
Enable and the number does not match any stored entry in your
Personal List.)
ⅷ
Erase to erase the entry.
Making a Call From Call History
ToplaceacallfromCallHistory:
1. Press
2. Select CallHistory and press
3. Select OutgoingCalls, IncomingCalls or MissedCalls.
4. Press
5. Highlight the entry you want to call by scrolling through the list.
to access the main menu.
.
.
6. Press
or
.
– or –
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn,
and press
.
Note: You cannot make calls from Call History to entries identified as No ID or
Restricted.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
81
Saving a Phone Number From Call History
Your PCS Vision Phone can store up to 300 Contacts entries.
Contacts entries can store up to a total of 500 phone numbers and
each entry’s name can contain sixteen characters.
TosaveaphonenumberfromCallHistory:
1. Highlight the call history entry you want to save.
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display the options.
3. Highlight SavePhone# and press
4. Highlight appropriate label (Home, Work, Mobile, Pager, Data,
Fax, or No Label) and press
5. Enter a name and press
.
.
.
If you have already stored entries in the Contacts list, you are
prompted to select the following entry mode:
Ⅲ
NewName to enter a name directly.
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select a name from the Contacts list.
6. Press Save (left softkey).
After you have saved the number, the new Contacts entry is
displayed. (See “Contacts List Entry Options” on page 88.)
Note: You cannot save phone numbers already in your Contacts list or from calls
identified as No ID or Restricted. If the selected entry has already been stored in
the Contacts list, Go to Phone Book appears during step 3 above.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
82
PrependingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory
If you need to place a call from Call History and you happen to be
outside your local area code, you can add the appropriate prefix by
prepending the number.
ToprependaphonenumberfromCallHistory:
1. Highlight a call history entry and press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight Prepend and press
3. Enter the digits you want to add to the number.
4. Press or to place a call.
.
To select another option, press , highlight it, and press
.
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.
ⅷ
SavePhone# to store the phone number in your Contacts
directory.
ⅷ
ⅷ
H
T
HardPause to insert a hard pause.
2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause.
Erasing Call History
To erase individual Call History entries, see “Call History Options” on
page 81.
ToeraseCallHistory:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select CallHistory and press
.
3. Select EraseHistory and press
.
4. Select OutgoingCalls, IncomingCalls, MissedCalls, or AllCalls and
press
.
5. Select VoiceCallLog or ReadyLinkLog and press
.
Ⅲ
VoiceCallLog to erase Call History for Voice Calls.
Ⅲ
ReadyLinkLog to erase Call History for PCS Ready Link Calls.
6. Select Yes and press
.
Section 2F: Managing Call History
83
Section 2G
Using the Contacts Directory
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ DisplayingtheContactsList
AddingaNewContactsListEntry
FindingContactsListEntries
ContactsListEntryOptions
AddingaPhoneNumbertoaContactsEntry
EditingaContactsEntry’sPhoneNumber
AssigningSpeedDialNumbers
EditingaContactsEntry
SelectingaRinger/ImageTypeforan Entry
SecretContactsEntries
DialingPCSServices
Nowthatyouknowthebasicsthatmakeiteasiertostayintouchwith
peopleandinformation, you’rereadytoexploreyourphone’smore
advancedfeatures. This section explains how to use your phone’s
Contacts and helps you make the most of your contacts and time
when you are trying to connect with the important people in
your life.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
84
Displaying the Contacts List
ᮣ
Press on the navigation key.
– or –
1. Press
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
Adding a New Contacts Entry
Your PCS Vision Phone can store up to 300 Contacts entries.
Contacts entries can store up to a total of 500 phone numbers and
each entry’s name can contain sixteen characters.
Toaddanewentry:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts and press
.
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press
.
Ⅲ
Press on the navigation key for the shortcut (steps 1
through 3).
4. Highlight <NewContact> and press
5. Enter a name and press
6. Select a label by using your navigation key and press
.
.
.
7. Enter the phone number or address and press
8. Press Save (left softkey).
– or –
.
1. Press on the navigation key to display the Contacts list.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight AddNewContact and press
.
4. Follow steps 5-8 above.
After you have saved the number, the new Contacts entry is
displayed. (See “Contacts List Entry Options” on page 88.)
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
85
Finding Contacts List Entries
There are several ways to display your Contacts entries: by name, by
speed dial number, by group, and by voice dial tags. Follow the steps
outlined in the sections below to display entries from the Contacts
list menu.
FindingNames
TofindContactslistentriesbyname:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts and press
.
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press
.
Ⅲ
Press on the navigation key for the shortcut (steps 1
through 3).
4. Use your navigation key to scroll through the Contacts list.
– or –
Enter the first letter of the name or part of the name. (The
display shows the entry beginning with the letter entered.)
5. Press
to display the entry’s details.
TofindPCSReadyLinkListentries:
1. From standby mode, press on the navigation key to display
your Contacts list.
2. Press Goto (left softkey). Highlight your desired list and press
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBook to display the Contacts list.
Ⅲ
CompanyList to display the Company List.
Ⅲ
Co. Groups to display the Company Group List.
Ⅲ
PersonalList to display the Personal List.
Ⅲ
Per. Groups to display the Personal Group List.
3. Scroll through the list to select your desired entry.
Note: The Go to (left softkey) option does not appear when PCS Ready Link mode
is set to Disable (see “Setting PCS Ready Link Mode” on page 128).
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
86
FindingSpeedDialNumbers
Tofindphonenumbersyouhavestoredinspeeddiallocations:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts and press
.
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press . (The Speed Dial numbers list
appears.)
FindingVoiceDialNumbers
TofindphonenumbersyouhavestoredinVoiceDial:
1. Press
2. Select VoiceServices and press
3. Select VoiceDial and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
4. Select Review or Rev:Speaker and press . (The Voice Dial
numbers list appears.)
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
87
Contacts List Entry Options
To access a contact’s options, display the Contacts list, highlight an
entry, press , select a phone number, and press Options (right
softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Edit to edit the selected entry.
ⅷ
Call to dial the selected number.
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.
ⅷ
ⅷ
SendText to send a text message. (See page 166 for details.)
CallAlarm to set a call alarm for the entry. (See page 100 for Call
Alarm.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
SetSpeedDial to assign speed dial numbers to your favorite
entries. (See “Assigning Speed Dial Numbers” on page 90.)
SetVoiceDial to set a voice dial for the entry. (See page 119 for
Voice Dial.)
Prepend to alter a phone number by adding numbers to the
beginning of the entry. (See “Prepending a Phone Number From
Call History” on page 83.)
ⅷ
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to your Ready Link
Personal List. (Only appears when PCS Ready Link mode is set to
Enable and the number does not match any stored entry in your
Personal List.)
Tip: You can view the next entry by pressing on the navigation key or view the
previous entry by pressing on the navigation key.
ToerasetheselectedentryfromtheContactslist:
1. From standby mode, press on the navigation key to display
the Contacts list.
2. Highlight the entry you wish to delete using the navigation key.
3. Press Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight EraseContact and press
5. Select Yes and press
.
.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
88
Adding a Phone Number to a Contacts Entry
Toaddaphonenumbertoanentry:
1. Display a Contacts entry (see “Finding Contacts List Entries” on
page 86).
2. Highlight a phone number, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Edit, and press
.
3. Highlight the label field you want to add and press
.
4. Enter the number and press
.
5. Press Save (left softkey).
Editing a Contacts Entry’s Phone Number
Toeditanentry’sphonenumber:
1. Press on the navigation key.
2. Highlight the entry you wish to edit and press
3. Highlight a phone number, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Edit, and press
.
.
4. Select the number you want to edit and press
5. Edit the entry by using your keypad and press
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.
.
.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
89
Assigning Speed Dial Numbers
With this feature you can dial Contacts Directory entries with one
key press for locations 2-9. Save your memory locations 2-9 for speed
dialing your most commonly used phone numbers. Speed Dial
numbers must be stored in your Contacts to use this feature.
TosetSpeedDial:
1. Press
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press
4. To select a corresponding speed dial number from 2-9, highlight
an unassigned number and press
5. Select an entry from the list and press
6. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial and
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
.
press
.
– or –
1. Press on the navigation key.
2. Highlight your desired entry by scrolling through the Contacts
list and press
.
3. Highlight the phone number you want to set as a speed dial and
press Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight SetSpeedDial and press
.
5. Highlight an unassigned number and press
.
Ⅲ
When you highlight an assigned number and press
,
you’ll be asked whether you want to overwrite the assigned
number. Select Yes to overwrite or No to cancel.
Tocancelastoredspeeddialnumber:
1. Press
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press
4. Highlight the stored speed dial number you want to cancel and
press
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
5. Highlight Unassign and press
.
TouseSpeedDial:
ᮣ
From standby mode, just press and hold the appropriate key.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
90
Editing a Contacts Entry
Tomakechangestoanentry:
1. Press on the navigation key.
2. Highlight the entry you wish to edit and press
.
3. Highlight a phone number, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Edit, and press
.
– or –
Highlight an email address or Web address and press Edit (right
softkey).
4. Select the field you want to edit and press
.
5. Edit the entry by using your keypad and press
.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.
Selecting a Ringer/ImageType for an Entry
You can assign a ringer or an image type to a Contacts entry so you can
identify the caller by the ringer or image type. (See “Ringer Types” on
page 35.)
Toselectaringertypeforanentry:
1. Press on the navigation key.
2. Select the entry for which you want to set the incoming ringer
and press
.
3. Highlight a phone number, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Edit, and press
.
– or –
Highlight an email address or Web address and press Edit (right
softkey).
4. Select Ringer and press
.
5. Select a menu by scrolling up or down and press
.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
91
6. Highlight your desired ringer type and press
.
Ⅲ
RingerType to select a ringer type. Scroll through available
ringers to hear previews.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ringer&Voice to notify you with Ringer and Voice.
Vibrate to notify you by vibrating.
Normal to set Ringer to the With Caller ID or Roaming
setting (see page 35).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
None to turn the ringer type off.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download.
7. Press Save (left softkey).
Ⅲ
To confirm the ringer, highlight Ringer and press Play (right
softkey).
Toselectanimagetypeforanentry:
1. Follow steps 1-3 on the previous page.
2. Select Image and press
.
3. Select a menu by scrolling up or down and press
.
4. Highlight your desired image type and press
.
Ⅲ
Normal to set Image to the Incoming Calls setting
(see page 45).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
None to turn the image type off.
GetNew to start up the Browser so you can select an item to
download.
5. Press Save (left softkey).
Ⅲ
To see a display preview of an image, press Preview (right
softkey) during step 5 above. Then press SubLCD (right
softkey) to see the Sub LCD preview. (You may also check
the image through the external display.)
Ⅲ
If you set an animation ringer (indicated with
icon) and
an image, your PCS Phone plays the ringer (audio) of the
animation ringer and displays the image you selected.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
92
Secret Contacts Entries
You can hide an entry’s phone number(s) and require your lock code
to edit the entry by making it secret. The entry name is still displayed,
but the entry’s phone numbers are replaced with “(Secret)”.
Tomakeanentrysecret:
1. Press on the navigation key.
2. Scroll to the Contacts entry you want to tag secret.
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display the menu options.
4. Highlight SetSecret and press
.
5. Enter the 4-digit lock code.
6. Select On and press
.
Tomakeanentrypublic:
1. Press on the navigation key.
2. Scroll to the Contacts entry you want to tag public.
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display the menu options.
4. Highlight SetSecret and press
.
5. Enter the 4-digit lock code.
6. Select Off and press
.
Tip: If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of either your
Social Security number or your PCS Phone Number or try 0000.
If none of these work, call PCS Customer Solutions at 1-888-211-4PCS (4727).
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
93
Dialing PCS Services
Your Contacts list is preprogrammed with contact numbers for various
PCS Services. You must be in digital mode to access PCS Services.
Todialaservice:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts and press
.
.
3. Select Services and press
4. Select CustSolutions, DirAssistance, AccountInfo, SprintOper, or
VoiceCommand and press
.
5. Press
or
.
– or –
Press , highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn, and press
.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory
94
Section 2H
Personal Organizer
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ManagingtheScheduler
UsingYourPhone’sScheduler
AddingaCallAlarmtotheScheduler
AddingToDoListItems
PurgingAllEvents, CallAlarms, orToDoListItems
PersonalInformationManagement
UsingYourPhone’sTools
DownloadingFilesThroughPCSVision
YourPCSVisionPhoneisequippedwithseveralpersonalinformation
managementfeatures that help you manage your busy lifestyle. This
section shows you how to use these features to turn your phone
into a time management planner that helps you keep up with your
contacts, schedules, and commitments. It takes productivity to a
whole new level.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
95
Managing the Scheduler
Calendar
Use the Calendar to remind you of events or important calls you need
to make. You can schedule up to 100 events, 15 Call Alarms, and
20 To-Do Items.
SettingtheTime/Date
In a no-service area or an analog service area, it’s necessary to set the
actual time and date to use the Calendar function. Set the current
Time/Date by using numeric keys and/or the navigation key
( / : move cursor, / : change value). To display the time setting
mode, press , select Tools/Extras, and press . Then select
Calendar and press
.
You can set any time from 12:00 AM, Jan 1, 2000 to 11:59 PM,
Dec 31, 2099.
SettingHolidays
You can set your personal holidays by displaying the date in red on
the Calendar display. The default holidays displayed in red are
Sundays and national holidays.
Note: You can set holidays from Jan 1, 2000 to Dec 31, 2020.
Tosetpersonalholidays:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools/Extras and press
.
3. Select Calendar and press
.
4. Highlight the day you want to set to the holiday by using the
navigation key ( : previous day, : next day, : previous week,
: next week,
: previous/next month).
5. Press Options (right softkey), highlight Holiday, and press
.
6. Highlight SetDate or SetWeekly from the options and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
96
Options:
ⅷ
SetDate sets the selected date for the holiday.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
SetWeekly sets weekly holidays.
ResetDate resets the holiday setting for the selected date.
ResetWeekly resets the weekly holiday setting.
ResetAll resets all the holiday settings and returns to the default
settings.
7. If you selected SetWeekly, ResetWeekly, or ResetAll, you’ll be
prompted to select Yes or No.
Tip: The current day is framed by a rectangle.
UsingYour Phone’s Scheduler
Adding an Event to the Scheduler
Your Scheduler helps organize your time and reminds you of
important events (up to 100 events).
Toaddanevent:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools/Extras and press
.
3. Select Calendar and press
.
4. Select the day you want to add an event to by using the
navigation key and press
.
5. Press Options (right softkey) to display the options.
6. Select AddEvent and press
.
7. Select Schedule and press
.
8. Enter the description and press
(or press
without
entering the description).
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
97
9. Select the menu under the following options and press
.
Ⅲ
Description to enter a description of your event (up to 14
characters).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
From to schedule the start time.
To to schedule the end time.
Location to edit the location of your event (up to 14
characters).
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Alarm to select your desired ringer.
AlarmTime to edit the alarm time (number of hours or
minutes before the event starts). Default alarm time is 10
minutes before.
Ⅲ
Repeat to repeat the event. Select None, Daily, Weekly,
Monthly, or Yearly.
10. Press Save (left softkey) to schedule the event.
Tip: The date you have scheduled events for is indicated by “ ”.
Tip: Press
/
on the navigation key to scroll by week through the Scheduler
calendar and the Side Volume key to scroll by month.
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
EventAlerts
There are several ways your PCS Vision Phone alerts you of scheduled
events:
ⅷ
By playing the alert tone (depending on the Alert and
Ringer Volume setting).
ⅷ
By blinking the LED.
ⅷ
By displaying the event’s description on the Main LCD when the
flip is open.
ⅷ
By displaying the event’s description on the Sub LCD when the
flip is closed.
ⅷ
By lighting the LCD backlight (depending on the backlight setting).
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
98
EventAlert Menu
When your phone is turned on and you have an event alarm
scheduled, your phone alerts you and displays the event summary.
Torespondtoaneventalert:
1. Press
or View (left softkey) to silence the alarm and see the
event details.
2. Highlight the unchecked event and press
to see the event
details or press Options (right softkey) for the following options.
To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
Snooze to repeat the alarm in ten minutes.
Ⅲ
Exit to exit the options.
Note: If you press Exit (left softkey) during step 2 above, you are prompted to
erase the unchecked event. Select Yes to erase or No to cancel.
Viewing Events
Toviewyourscheduledevents:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools/Extras and press
.
3. Select Calendar and press
.
4. Select the date for which you set events and press . (The
selected day’s events list will display.)
Erasing a Day’s Events or CallAlarms
Toeraseascheduledday’seventsorcallalarms:
1. From the Event list display (see above), highlight one of the
events or call alarms and press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight EraseEvent and press
.
3. Select Yes and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
99
Adding a CallAlarm to the Scheduler
You can set call alarms to notify you when you need to place a call.
The call alarm will let you know when and to whom to place a
scheduled call. You can set up to 15 call alarms.
ToaddacallalarmtotheScheduler:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools/Extras and press
.
3. Select Calendar and press
.
4. Select the day you want to add a call alarm to by using the
navigation key and press
.
5. From the event list display, press Options (right softkey) to
display the options.
6. Select AddEvent and press
.
7. Select CallAlarm and press
.
8. Enter the phone number directly or press Options (right softkey)
for options.
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select the desired number from your
Contacts list.
Ⅲ
Voicemail to select the number for voicemail access.
9. Select the box under the following items and press
.
Ⅲ
Time/Date to edit the start time/date.
Ⅲ
Alarm to select the ringer alarm.
Ⅲ
Repeat to repeat the Call Alarm. Select None, Daily, Weekly,
Monthly, or Yearly.
10. Press Save (left softkey).
Tip: You can also add a call alarm from the Contacts menu (see “Contacts List
Entry Options” on page 88).
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
100
CallAlarmAlerts
There are several ways your PCS Phone alerts you of a scheduled call
alarm:
ⅷ
By playing the alert tone (depending on the Alert and
Ringer Volume setting).
ⅷ
By blinking the LED.
ⅷ
By displaying the Call Alarm Notification on the Main LCD when
the flip is open.
ⅷ
By displaying the Call Alarm Notification on the Sub LCD when
the flip is closed.
ⅷ
By lighting the LCD backlight (depending on the backlight setting).
CallAlarm Menu
When your phone is turned on and you have scheduled a call alarm,
your phone alerts you and displays the name or phone number you
wish to call.
Torespondtoacallalarm:
1. Press
or View (left softkey) to silence the alarm and see the
call alarm details.
2. Highlight the unchecked event and press
to see the call
alarm details, or press Options (right softkey) for the following
options (to select an option, highlight it and press ):
Ⅲ
Call to dial the scheduled phone number.
Ⅲ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the scheduled phone number in
speakerphone mode.
Ⅲ
Snooze to repeat the alarm in ten minutes.
Ⅲ
SavePhone# to save the scheduled phone number in your
Contacts list. GotoPhoneBook appears when the number is
already in your Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone Number”
on page 26.)
Note: If you press Exit (left softkey) during step 2 above, you are prompted to
erase the unchecked event. Select Yes to erase or No to cancel.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
101
Editing a CallAlarm
Toeditacallalarm:
1. From the Event list display (see page 99), highlight one of the
call alarms and press . (The call alarm details appear.)
2. Select the box you want to edit and press
3. Enter or select a new setting and press
4. Press Save (left softkey).
.
.
Viewing a Future/Past Day’s Scheduled Events
Toviewafuture/pastday’sscheduledevents,followthesesteps:
1. From the Event list display (see page 99), press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight GoToDate and press
.
3. Enter the date by using numeric keys and the navigation key
and press
4. Press
or OK (left softkey).
once again to view the day’s Event list.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
102
AddingTo Do List Items
Your phone can store and manage up to 20 To Do List items.
ToaddanitemtoyourToDoList:
1. From the Event list display (see page 99), press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight ToDoList and press
3. Press Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight AddItem and press
.
.
5. Enter the description (up to 14 characters) and press
.
6. Select the menu under Priority and press to edit the To Do’s
priority. You can select from Normal, !Urgent, or √Done.
7. Press Save (left softkey).
Viewing theTo Do List
ToviewyourToDoList:
1. From Event list display (see page 99), press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight ToDoList and press
.
Ⅲ
To see the details of each To Do List item, select an item and
press
.
EditingTo Do List Items
ToeditaToDoListitem:
1. From the To Do List display, highlight the item you want to edit
and press
.
2. Highlight the box you want to edit and press
.
3. Edit the description or change the priority, and press
.
4. Press Save (left softkey).
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
103
Adding aTo Do List Item to the Schedule
ToaddyourToDoListitemtotheschedule:
1. From the To Do List display, highlight the item you want to add
to the schedule and press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight AddToSchedule and press
.
3. Enter the description using your keypad and press . (See
“Adding an Event to the Scheduler” on page 97 for entering.)
4. Press Save (left softkey).
Ⅲ
AddToSchedule to extract the item from the To Do List and
make it a scheduled event.
Deleting Items From theTo Do List
TodeleteToDoListitems:
1. From the To Do List display (see the previous page), highlight
the item you want to erase and press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight your desired option and press
.
Ⅲ
EraseItem erases an item from the To Do List.
Ⅲ
EraseSelection erases the selected To Do List items at one
time. Press
to check the box next to To Do List item and
press Erase (left softkey) to erase. To check all boxes, press
Options (right softkey), highlight CheckAll, and press
.
Ⅲ
EraseAll erases all To Do List items.
3. Highlight Yes and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
104
Viewing Memory inYour Scheduler
Toviewavailablememoryspaceandoptions:
1. From Event list display (see page 99), press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight ViewMemory and press
.
3. Highlight Schedule, CallAlarm, or ToDoList and press . (The
available memory space and options display.)
For further options:
4. Press Options (right softkey).
5. Highlight an option and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
EraseOld deletes old events or call alarms.
ⅷ
EraseSelection deletes the To Do List items you selected. (See
“Deleting Items From the To Do List ” on the previous page.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
EraseDone deletes the To Do List items that have been completed.
EraseAll deletes all events, call alarms, or To Do List items.
6. Select Yes or No and press
.
PurgingAll Events,CallAlarms,or
To Do List Items
Todeleteallscheduledevents,callalarms,orToDoListitems:
1. From Event list display (see page 99), press Options (right
softkey).
2. Highlight EraseMemory and press
.
3. Highlight one item from the Options and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
EraseOld deletes old events, call alarms, and To Do List items that
are done.
ⅷ
EraseAll deletes all events, call alarms, and To Do List items.
4. Select Yes or No and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
105
Personal Information Management
DisplayingYour UserAddress
Todisplaythephone’scurrentuseraddress:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select PhoneInfo and press
.
3. Select Phone#UserID and press
.
Ⅲ
If you sign out, <PCS Vision Disabled> appears on the display.
Finding Icon Definitions
Toviewanexplanationoficonsthatappearonthedisplay:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select PhoneInfo and press
3. Select Help and press
.
.
4. Select the item for which you want to see the explanation and
press . (The icon’s explanation appears and scrolls down
automatically.)
5. Press Done (left softkey) or
to end.
Tip: Use on the navigation key to scroll the message manually.
/
Displaying theVersion Information
Todisplaytheversionnumberofthesoftware,hardware,PRL
(PreferredRoamingList),PRI(ProductReleaseInstructions),etc.,
installedonyourPCSPhone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select PhoneInfo and press
.
3. Select Version and press
.
DisplayingAdvanced Information
Todisplayadvancedinformationsuchastechnologyandfrequency:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select PhoneInfo and press
.
3. Select Advanced and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
106
UsingYour Phone’sTools
In addition to helping you be more efficient and organized, your
PCS Vision Phone offers useful and entertaining tools.
Using the Calculator
Your phone comes with a built-in calculator.
Tousethecalculator:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools/Extras and press
.
3. Select Calculator and press
.
4. Enter numbers using your keypad. Press the left softkey to
insert a decimal point.
5. Press the appropriate navigation key for an arithmetic option
(
for addition, for subtraction, for multiplication, for
division).
6. Enter numbers and press
for the result.
Ⅲ
To clear the numbers, press CLR (right softkey).
Ⅲ
To exit the Calculator, press
.
Using theWorld Clock
This feature is available only in digital service areas.
Tosettheworldclockdisplay:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Tools/Extras and press
.
.
3. Select WorldClock and press
4. The world clock display appears.
Ⅲ
Press
/
on the navigation key to change countries.
Press Summer (left softkey) or Standard (right softkey) to select
between daylight savings and standard time (if applicable). “ ” is
shown in summer mode.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
107
Downloading FilesThrough PCSVision
Your PCS Phone allows you to download images (screen savers),
ringers, games, etc., from a PCS Vision connection. It is also possible
to download from certain menus (Contacts list, Ringer Setting, or
Display Setting).
TodownloadafilefromtheWeb:
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select your desired data folder (for example, Games, Ringers,
Screen Saver, or Applications) and press
4. Select GetNew and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
5. Select your desired file and follow the system prompts.
6. Press the left softkey to start downloading.
7. Wait for the download to complete.
8. Press
operation.
to end or press the left or right softkey for further
Ⅲ
Leftsoftkey assigns the downloaded data. (See “Confirming
the Downloaded Data” on page 112.)
Ⅲ
Rightsoftkey returns to the Download page and you can
continue to download.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
108
TodownloadafilefromaContactslistentry:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press
4. Select the entry for which you want to set the downloaded
ringer or image and press
5. Highlight a phone number and press Options (right softkey).
.
.
.
Then highlight Edit and press
.
– or –
Highlight an email address or Web address, then press Edit (right
softkey).
6. Select the menu under Ringer or Image and press
.
7. Highlight GetNew and press . (The Browser launches and
displays the Download page.)
8. Select your desired image or ringer file and follow the system
prompts.
9. Press the left softkey to start downloading.
10. Wait for the download to complete.
11. Press
operation.
to end or press the left or right softkey for further
Ⅲ
Leftsoftkey assigns the downloaded data. (See “To confirm
the downloaded ringers folder” on page 112 or “To confirm
the downloaded images (screen savers) folder” on
page 113.)
Ⅲ
Rightsoftkey returns to the Download page and you can
continue to download.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
109
TodownloadaringerfilefromtheRingerSettingMenu(RingerType
andStart-up/Power-offTone):
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Sounds and press
.
4. Select RingerType and press
.
5. Select one item from VoiceCalls, Voicemail, Messaging, or
Calendar, and press . The following item requires an extra
step:
Ⅲ
For VoiceCalls, select the menu under WithCallerID,
NoCallerID, or Roaming.
6. Select the menu under each item and press
.
7. Select GetNew and press . (The Browser launches and
displays the Download page.)
8. Select your desired ringer file and follow the system prompts.
9. Press the left softkey to start downloading.
10. Wait for the download to complete.
11. Press
operation.
to end or press the left or right softkey for further
Ⅲ
Leftsoftkey assigns the downloaded data. (See “To confirm
the downloaded ringers folder” on page 112.)
Ⅲ
Rightsoftkey returns to the Download page and you can
continue to download.
TodownloadaringerfilefromtheStart-up/Power-offTonemenu:
1. Select Others during previous step 4 and press
2. Select the menu under Start-upTone or Power-offTone and
press
.
.
3. Follow the previous steps 7 to 11.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
110
TodownloadanimagefilefromtheDisplaySettingMenu
(Animation,IncomingCalls,andScreenSaver):
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select Display and press
.
4. Select Animation or IncomingCalls and press
.
The following item requires an extra step:
Ⅲ
For Animation, select the menu under Standby, OutgoingCalls,
or ServiceSearch.
5. Select the menu under each item and press
.
6. Select GetNew and press . (The Browser launches and
displays the Download page.)
7. Select your desired image file and follow the system prompts.
8. Press the left softkey to start downloading.
9. Wait for the download to complete.
10. Press
operation.
to end or press the left or right softkey for further
Ⅲ
Leftsoftkey assigns the downloaded data. (See “To confirm
the downloaded images [screen savers] folder” on page 113.)
Ⅲ
Rightsoftkey returns to the Download page and you can
continue to download.
TodownloadanimagefilefromtheScreenSavermenu:
1. Select StandbyDisplay during step 4 above and press
.
2. Select ScreenSaver and press
.
3. Select the menu under ScreenSaver and press
.
4. Follow the previous steps 6 to 10.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
111
Confirming the Downloaded Data
The downloaded data will be classified as games, ringers, images
(screen savers), or applications automatically. However, if any data
has a different category, it is classified as Dynamic. If data doesn’t
belong to any of the above, it is classified as Others.
Toconfirmthedownloadedgamesfolder:
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select Games and press
4. Select the downloaded game you want to confirm and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
5. Select Run from the options and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
Run to play the downloaded game.
ⅷ
Settings to set the Network Access availability.
ⅷ
Options to select the options of the downloaded game.
Properties shows the downloaded game properties.
OnlineInfo shows the downloaded game online information (if
applicable).
Shop allows you to continue downloading (if applicable).
Logo/Trademark displays logo and description.
Erase erases the selected downloaded game.
ⅷ
Exit to return to the downloaded data list display.
Toconfirmthedownloadedringersfolder:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select Ringers and press
4. Select the downloaded ringer you want to confirm and press
.
.
.
5. Select Play from the options and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
112
Options:
ⅷ
Play to play the downloaded ringer.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Assign to assign the downloaded ringer to the Ringer Type,
Start-up/Power-off Tone, Contacts list, etc.
Options to select the options of the downloaded ringer.
Properties shows the downloaded ringer properties.
OnlineInfo shows the downloaded ringer online information (if
applicable).
Shop allows you to continue downloading (if applicable).
Erase erases the selected downloaded ringer.
ⅷ
Exit to return to the downloaded data list display.
Toconfirmthedownloadedimages(screensavers)folder:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Select ScreenSavers and press
.
4. Select the downloaded image you want to confirm and press
.
5. Select View from the options and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
View to display the downloaded image.
ⅷ
Assign to assign the downloaded image to the Incoming Calls,
Screen Saver, Contacts list entry, etc.
ⅷ
Options to select the options of the downloaded image.
Properties shows the downloaded image properties.
OnlineInfo shows the downloaded image online information (if
applicable).
Shop allows you to continue downloading (if applicable).
Erase erases the selected downloaded image.
ⅷ
Exit to return to the downloaded data list display.
Note: Depending on the data, you can select where to assign your downloaded
files: Image data can be assigned to Incoming Calls, Screen Saver, or Phone Book.
Animation data can be assigned to Standby, Outgoing Calls, or Service Search.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
113
Toconfirmthedownloadedapplicationsfolder:
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Select Applications and press
.
4. Select the downloaded application you want to confirm and
press
.
5. Select Run from the options and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
Run to play the downloaded application.
ⅷ
Settings to set the Network Access availability.
ⅷ
Options to select the options of the downloaded application.
Properties shows the downloaded application properties.
OnlineInfo shows the downloaded application online information
(if applicable).
Shop allows you to continue downloading (if applicable).
Logo/Trademark displays logo and description.
Erase erases the selected downloaded application.
ⅷ
Exit to return to the downloaded data list display.
ToconfirmthedownloadedDynamicfolder:
The downloaded data in the Dynamic folder are varied (options
subject to change).
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select Dynamic-(1to10) and press
4. Select the downloaded data you want to confirm and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
5. Select Open from the options and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
114
Options:
ⅷ
Open to play the downloaded content.
ⅷ
Options to select the options of the downloaded data.
Properties shows the downloaded data properties.
OnlineInfo shows the downloaded data online information (if
applicable).
Shop allows you to continue downloading (if applicable).
Logo/Trademark displays logo and description (if applicable).
Erase erases the selected downloaded data.
ⅷ
Exit to return to the downloaded data list display.
ToconfirmthedownloadedOthersfolder:
The downloaded data in the Others folder are varied (options subject
to change).
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select Others and press
4. Select the downloaded data you want to confirm and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
5. Select Open from the options and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
Open to play the downloaded content.
ⅷ
Options to select the options of the downloaded data.
Properties shows the downloaded data properties.
OnlineInfo shows the downloaded data online information (if
applicable).
Shop allows you to continue downloading (if applicable).
Logo/Trademark displays logo and description (if applicable).
Erase erases the selected downloaded data.
ⅷ
Exit to return to the downloaded data list display.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
115
IconIndication
Type Item
Icon (appears at the left side
of the downloaded data)
From Web Ringers (~128KB)
Voice (~128KB)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(New Data)
(Assigned Data)
(Assigned Data)
(Assigned Data)
(Assigned Data)
(Assigned Data)
Screen Savers/Images (~128KB)
Animation (~128KB)
Animation Ringer (~128KB)
Game (~128KB)
Application (~128KB)
Unknown type (~128KB)
Note: Download icon subject to change
SortingtheDownloadedData
Files downloaded via the Web are stored in alphabetical order. You
may also store the data in memory size order.
Tosortdownloadedfiles:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Select one of each folder that includes the downloaded data you
want to sort.
4. Press
.
5. Press Options (right softkey).
6. Highlight Sorting from the options and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
Sorting to sort the downloaded data in alphabetical (Name) or
memory size (Size) order.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Icon/Size to show the downloaded data list with memory size.
EraseAll to erase all downloaded files you selected during step 3.
(Downloaded data that has already been assigned cannot be erased.)
7. Highlight Name or Size and press
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
116
Viewing the Downloaded Data Size
This feature allows you to confirm each downloaded file’s size and
the remaining download capacity.
Toviewthedatasize:
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select one of each folder that includes the downloaded data you
to access the main menu.
.
want to confirm and press
.
4. Press Options (right softkey).
5. Highlight Icon/Size and press . (Data size is displayed at the
left of the downloaded data name.)
ViewingtheMemorySpaceAvailableforDownloads
This feature allows you to confirm how much memory is left and may
be used for downloading files.
Toviewtheavailablememoryspace:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Press Options (right softkey).
4. Highlight ViewMemory and press . (Used and Free memory
size are displayed.)
ErasingOldDownloadedData
If you try to download new data when the downloaded data’s
memory is full, a warning message appears and you will be prompted
to erase some old downloaded data.
Toerasedownloadeddata:
1. When the warning message appears, press Erase (left softkey)
to make a space for new download data. (Press the right softkey
to cancel the download.)
2. Select one of each folder that includes the data you want to
erase and press
.
3. Select the data you want to erase and press Erase (left softkey).
4. Select Yes and press . (You can now continue to download
the new file.)
Section 2H: Personal Organizer
117
Section 2I
Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UsingVoice-ActivatedDialing
ManagingVoiceMemos
SettingUpScreenCall
YourPCSVisionPhone’sVoiceServicesletyouplacecallsusingyour
voice, storevoicereminders, andrecordmemosrightonyourphone.
This section includes easy-to-follow instructions on using voice-
activated dialing and managing voice memos.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
118
Using Voice-Activated Dialing
SM
In addition to PCS Voice Command (see page 194), you can use a
voice dial tag to automatically dial a phone number in your Contacts.
(A voice dial tag is a command you record and use to place calls
without using the keypad.) Your phone can store up to 30 voice dial
tags. (To create a voice dial tag, see “Adding a New Contacts Entry” on
page 85 or “Editing a Contacts Entry’s Phone Number” on page 89.)
Making a Call UsingVoice-Activated Dialing
Touseavoicedialtagtocallaphonenumber:
With the Flip Open:
1. Press
or
briefly.
2. Follow the voice prompts and recite the entry’s Voice Dial tag
into your phone’s microphone.
With the Flip Closed:
1. Press and hold
.
2. Follow the voice prompts and recite the entry’s Voice Dial tag
into your phone’s microphone.
Note: To use the Voice Dial function, you must have a stored entries for Voice Dial
(see “Programming Voice Dial Tags” below).
ProgrammingVoice DialTags
Toprogramavoicedialtag:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceDial and press
.
4. Select Program and press
.
5. The phone will prompt you to say the name you want to
program. Wait for the beep and then say the name.
6. Respond to the prompt by repeating the name after the beep.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
119
7. Enter or highlight the Voice Dial entry (name) in the Contacts
list and press
.
8. Select the labeled category that includes your desired phone
number and press . (The display shows “Voice Dial
Recorded.”)
Note: Record Voice Dial tags in a quiet environment and without the aid of an
accessory (for example, a headset or hands-free car kit).
ReviewingVoice DialTags
Toreviewvoicedialtags:
1. Press
2. Select VoiceServices and press
3. Select VoiceDial and press
4. Select Review or Rev:Speaker and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
5. Select the desired entry and press
.
– or –
Select the desired entry and press Options (right softkey). To
select an option, highlight it and press
.
Options:
ⅷ
Play to play the recorded voice dial tag.
ⅷ
SpeakerOn to play the recorded voice dial tag in speakerphone
mode. (If you are in speakerphone mode, the option will appear
as SpeakerOff to deactivate.)
ⅷ
Erase to erase the voice dial tag. Select Yes to erase and No to cancel.
ErasingAllVoice DialTags
Toeraseallvoicedialtags:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceDial and press
.
4. Select EraseAll and press
.
5. Select Yes and press
.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
120
Managing Voice Memos
You can use your phone’s Voice Services to record brief memos to
remind you of important events, phone numbers, or grocery list items.
Tip: If you haven’t signed up for the PCS Ready Link service and PCS Ready Link
mode is set to Disable, you can use the Ready Link (Memo) Button (
Voice Memo button in standby mode.
) as a
RecordingVoice Memos
Torecordavoicememo:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceMemo and press
.
4. Select Record and press
.
5. Start recording after the beep.
Toendtherecordingofyourmemo:
ᮣ
Press
,
, or
.
Tip: Recording terminates automatically after 18 seconds.
Tip: To record in speakerphone mode, press and hold
in standby mode.
Torecordaconversationduringaphonecall:
1. During a call, press
to see the options.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceMemo and press
.
4. Select Record and press
.
5. Start recording after the beep.
Toendtherecordingofyourconversation:
ᮣ
Press
– or –
Press
or
while recording.
to stop recording and disconnect the call.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
121
Recording also stops when the other party hangs up the call.
ⅷ
Memo recording is disabled while you are roaming in analog
service areas.
ⅷ
When the recording capacity is full, highlight an old memo, press
Erase (left softkey), highlight Yes, and press
to make room for
additional memos.
Note: Your phone can store up to 12 memos and the total available recording time
is 72 seconds (maximum of 18 seconds per memo).
Tip: Voice Memos are stored with the date and time stamp in reverse
chronological order, except when recorded in a no service area.
Voice Memo Options
Toplaythevoicememosyouhaverecorded:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceMemo and press
.
4. Select Play or Play:Speaker and press
.
5. Select one memo from the list and press
.
– or –
If you want to play all memos continuously, highlight All and
press
.
6. Press
to stop playing.
Ⅲ
Press Slow (left softkey) or Fast (right softkey) to change the
playing speed.
Ⅲ
To play the newer/older memo, press
navigation key.
/
on the
Tip: To set the speakerphone mode on or off, press Options (right softkey),
highlight Speaker On/Off, and press during step 5 above.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
122
ErasingVoice Memos
Toeraseallvoicememos:
1. Follow steps 1-4 on the previous page.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Select EraseAll and press
.
4. Select Yes and press
.
– or –
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceMemo and press
.
4. Select EraseAll and press
.
5. Select Yes and press
.
Toeraseindividualmemos:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select VoiceMemo and press
.
4. Select Play or Play:Speaker and press
.
5. Display the memo list, highlight the memo you want to erase,
and press Options (right softkey).
6. Select Erase and press
.
7. Select Yes and press
.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
123
Setting Up Screen Call
This feature enables you to screen incoming calls by using recorded
announcements, either one that is pre-recorded or one that you record.
You can also record the caller’s message into the Voice Memo list.
To listen to the message, see “Voice Memo Options” on page 122.
Activating Screen Call
TostartScreenCallwhenyouhaveincomingcalls:
1. Press
to display the options.
2. Highlight ScreenCall and press
.
TosetAutoScreenCall:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select ScreenCall and press
.
4. Select Auto and press
.
5. Select On and press
.
6. Set the answering time by using numeric keys or
/
on the
navigation key.
7. Press
or OK (left softkey). (The icon is displayed on the
standby display.)
Tip: If a new caller’s message is waiting, appears on the display. The memos
recorded while activating “Screen Call” are shown with “√” or “!” icon in the list
(“√”: once played, “!”: not played yet).
Tip: While the caller’s message is being recorded: Pressing
and disconnects the call, pressing answers the call.
stops recording
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
124
Selecting anAnnouncement for Screen Call
ToselectaScreenCallannouncement:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select ScreenCall and press
.
4. Select Announcement and press
5. Depending on your preference, highlight Pre-Recorded or
Custom and press
.
.
RecordingYourNameforaPre-RecordedAnnouncement
You can use a pre-recorded announcement with or without your
name. If you record your name, your phone uses your name to
announce that you are not available to answer the call.
Torecordyourname:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select ScreenCall and press
.
4. Select Announcement and press
.
5. Select Pre-Recorded and press Edit (right softkey).
6. Select RecordName and press
.
Ⅲ
If your name has already been recorded, select Yes or No to
overwrite the existing recording.
7. Press
to start the first recording.
8. After the first recording, press
again to start the second
recording.
9. Press
to stop recording.
Tip: Recording terminates automatically after 12 seconds.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
125
Recording a CustomizedAnnouncement
Torecordanannouncement:
1. Follow steps 1-4 on the previous page.
2. Select Custom and press Edit (right softkey).
3. Highlight Record and press
.
Ⅲ
When an announcement has already been recorded, select
Yes or No to overwrite the existing recording.
4. Press
to start the first recording.
5. After the first recording, press
again to start the second
recording.
6. Press
to stop recording.
Tip: Recording terminates automatically after 12 seconds.
Reviewing anAnnouncement
Toreviewanannouncement:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select VoiceServices and press
.
3. Select ScreenCall and press
.
4. Select Announcement and press
.
5. Select Pre-Recorded or Custom and press Edit (right softkey).
6. Highlight Play or Play:Speaker and press
.
Erasing anAnnouncement
Toeraseanannouncement:
1. Follow steps 1 to 5 above.
2. Select EraseName to erase name for Pre-Recorded
announcement and press
.
– or –
Select Erase to erase message for Custom and press
3. Select Yes and press
.
.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services
126
Section 2J
Using PCS Ready Link
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedWithPCSReadyLink
MakingandReceivingaPCSReadyLinkCall
AddingandEditingReadyLinkContacts
ErasingReadyLinkListEntries
UpdatingYourPCSReadyLinkLists
ManagingPCSReadyLinkSettings
Your PCS Vision Ready Link Phone gives you the ability to quickly
connect with other PCS Ready Link users for walkie-talkie-style
communication from anywhere, to anywhere on the
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. It’s ideal for quick two-way
conversations with your friends, family, and co-workers.
This section explains the features and options of your PCS Vision
Ready Link Phone.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
127
Getting StartedWith PCS Ready Link
PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way, “walkie-talkie-style”
communication with your friends, family, and co-workers. You can
make 1-to-1 or 1-to-many calls (up to 5 others on the same call) to any
other PCS Ready Link user, anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network. You can make and receive PCS Ready Link calls when
your phone displays
.
Setting PCS Ready Link Mode
To change the current mode, follow these steps:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press
.
4. Select Enable/Disable and press
.
5. Select Enable and press . (The default setting is Disable.)
Ⅲ
Enable: Lets you make or receive PCS Ready Link calls any
time your phone is not in use.
Ⅲ
Disable: Disables your phone’s PCS Ready Link service; you
will not be able to make or receive PCS Ready Link calls or
access your Ready Link contacts.
Tip: If you haven’t signed up for the PCS Ready Link service and PCS Ready Link
mode is set to Disable, you can use the Ready Link (Memo) Button (
Voice Memo button in standby mode.
) as a
PreparingYour Phone for PCS Ready Link Service
The first time you use your PCS Vision Ready Link Phone, your phone
must identify itself and make itself available to the Ready Link network.
1. When you activate PCS Ready Link for the first time, you will be
prompted to activate Ready Link service. Press OK (left softkey)
to activate. (You will see “PreparingReadyLinkservice... Please
wait.”)
2. Press R-Link (left softkey) or the Ready Link (Memo) button on
the side of your phone (
). (The PCS Ready Link Help
message will appear.)
3. Press Yes (left softkey) to read a brief introduction to PCS Ready
Link, and press Next (left softkey) to continue through the tutorial.
Your phone is now ready to make and receive PCS Ready Link calls.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
128
Ready Link CallAlerts
There are several ways your PCS Phone alerts you during PCS Ready
Link calls.
When you make or receive a PCS Ready Link call:
ⅷ
The phone beeps.
ⅷ
The backlight illuminates.
ⅷ
The screen displays a PCS Ready Link call message.
ⅷ
The other party’s PCS Ready Link number and name (if available)
are displayed.
ⅷ
The screen displays who has the floor.
The status of a PCS Ready Link call:
ⅷ
The Green LED On indicates you have the floor and may speak.
ⅷ
The Red LED On indicates another contact has the floor.
ⅷ
The LED Off indicates the floor is open. (You can take the floor
and speak by pressing and holding
.)
Making and Receiving a PCS Ready Link Call
Displaying the PCS Ready Link List
ᮣ
From standby mode, press R-Link (left softkey) or the Ready Link
(Memo) button on the side of your phone (
) to access the
PCS Ready Link List.
Selecting Contact Lists
When your phone displays a PCS Ready Link List, the left softkey is
labeled Goto. To switch to another contact list, press Goto (left
softkey), highlight your desired list, and press
.
ⅷ
CompanyList/Co. Groups contain company-provided contacts (up
to 200 entries). Your company list can only be created and
modified by an authorized administrator on the PCS Ready Link
server. You cannot add, edit, or delete Company List items, but
you can copy entries to your Personal List/Per. Groups.
ⅷ
PersonalList/Per. Groups contain your personal Ready Link contact
names and numbers, separately or in groups. You can create and
edit your own Personal List. Your phone can store a total of 200
entries (you may include up to five contacts per group).
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
129
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
OutgoingCalls shows the last 10 different PCS Ready Link calls you
placed.
IncomingCalls shows the last 10 different PCS Ready Link calls you
accepted.
MissedCalls shows the last 10 PCS Ready Link calls you missed.
Tip: You can also select Enter R-Link# from Go to option to enter a PCS Ready Link
number directly. See page 132 for details.
Note: The
icon next to the group name indicates a group.
Making a PCS Ready Link Call (1-to-1 Call)
You can place a 1-to-1 PCS Ready Link call by entering a PCS Ready
Link number or by selecting a contact from the PCS Ready Link List.
ToplaceaPCSReadyLinkcallbyselectingacontact:
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want
to place a call (CompanyList, PersonalList, OutgoingCalls,
IncomingCalls, or MissedCalls), and press
.
3. Highlight the contact you want to call, and press and hold
to place the call and get the floor. (You will see R-Linkcalling...
and Connecting... followed by “Youhavefloor.” You can now
begin speaking.)
– or –
Highlight the contact you want to call and press and release
to place the call. (The call will connect as described
above, but “Floorisopen.” will appear on the screen and either
you or your contact may press and hold
to take the floor
and speak.)
Ⅲ
To see an entry’s information, press
during step 3 above.
Note: During a PCS Ready Link call, the “floor” is the right to speak. When you see
“Floor is open.,” the first person to press the Ready Link (Memo) button ( ) can
speak (while holding the button). Only the person who has the floor can speak.
The phone beeps if you press the Ready Link (Memo) button when another
contact has the floor.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
130
4. Continue holding
as you speak. When you are finished
speaking, release the Ready Link (Memo) button to allow other
contacts to speak. (When the other party takes the floor, you
will see the speaker’s name and phone number and the text
“hasfloor.”)
5. When you are finished, press
.
Note: When neither party has the floor during a PCS Ready Link call,
“Floor is open.” appears on the display. If no one takes the floor for 20 seconds,
the PCS Ready Link call ends automatically.
Tip: If you press
a standard voice call.
or
during step 3 on the previous page, you can make
Making a PCS Ready Link Call (Group Call)
You can make a PCS Ready Link call to all members in a Group entry,
which you have in your PCS Ready Link List. You can communicate
with up to five members at a time.
ToplaceaPCSReadyLinkGroupCall:
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want
to make a Group call (Co. Groups or Per. Groups), and press
.
3. Highlight the group you want to call, and press and hold
to
place the call and take the floor. (You will see R-Linkcalling... and
Connecting... followed by “Youhavefloor.” Continue with the
PCS Ready Link call as described above.)
Ⅲ
To display a group member’s details, press , highlight
your desired group member, then press View (left softkey)
during step 3 above. Press
to make a PCS Ready Link
call to the member.
Ⅲ
If one of the group members takes the floor, you will see the
member’s name and PCS Ready Link number on the display.
The phone beeps if you press the Ready Link (Memo)
button when another contact has the floor.
4. When the call is finished, press
.
Tip: You can also make a Group Call after checking the group member. Press
to display group members, highlight <Call Group> and press and hold
during step 3 above.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
131
Making a PCS Ready Link Call by Entering a Number
ToplaceaPCSReadyLinkCallbyenteringanumber:
1. From standby mode, enter the PCS Ready Link number you
want to dial.
2. Press
to place the PCS Ready Link call. Continue holding
to take the floor and speak.
Ⅲ
The contact’s name appears if there is a matched number in
your PCS Ready Link List.
3. Continue with the PCS Ready Link call, pressing and holding
to speak and releasing it to allow others to reply.
4. When the call is finished, press
.
– or –
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight EnterR-Link# and press
3. Enter the PCS Ready Link number you want to dial.
4. Follow steps 2-4 above.
.
Note: PCS Ready Link numbers must contain ten digits (area code + phone
number). Your PCS Ready Link number is the same as your PCS Phone number.
Missed Call Notification for PCS Ready Link Calls
When an incoming PCS Ready Link Call is not answered, the Missed
Call Notification is displayed on your screen.
TocallthelastMissedPCSReadyLinkCall:
ᮣ
Simply press and hold
while the Missed Call Notification is
displayed. (Continue with the PCS Ready Link call as described
previously.)
TodisplaytheMissedReadyLinkCallLog:
ᮣ
Press View (left softkey). To call the entry, highlight the entry
you want to call, and press and hold
. (Continue with the
PCS Ready Link call as described previously.)
Note: When you display Missed Calls entries, you will see the icon next to the
name. The icon will remain until you make or receive a PCS Ready Link call to
or from the entry. The
icon appears next to the new missed call entry.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
132
Receiving a PCS Ready Link Call (1-to-1 Call)
1. Make sure your phone’s PCS Ready Link mode is enabled (see
“Setting PCS Ready Link Mode” on page 128).
2. When you receive a PCS Ready Link call from a contact, “R-Link
Call,” the contact’s name, and the PCS Ready Link number
appear on the display. (You do not need to take any action to
answer the call.)
3. If the person placing the call has kept the floor (held the
Ready Link [Memo] button), you will see the contact name and
PCS Ready Link number along with “hasfloor.”, and you will
hear the caller speaking.
4. When the caller finishes speaking and releases the Ready Link
(Memo) button, you will see “Floorisopen.” on the display
screen. Press and hold
to take the floor and reply to the
caller. (You will see “Youhavefloor.” and hear a tone confirming
that you may speak.)
5. When the conversation is finished, press
.
Receiving a PCS Ready Link Call (Group Call)
1. When you receive a PCS Ready Link call from one of the group
members, “Group Call,” the group member’s name, and the
PCS Ready Link number appear on the display.
2. Continue with the PCS Ready Link call as described on the
previous page.
3. When the conversation is finished, press
.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
133
Redialing a PCS Ready Link Call
You can redial to the last PCS Ready Link call that you dialed or
received (whichever was more recent).
ToredialaPCSReadyLinkcall:
1. From the PCS Ready Link List, highlight Redial, and press and
hold
.
Ⅲ
You will see R-Linkredialing... and Connecting... followed by
the text “Youhavefloor.”
2. Speak after the beep (keep pressing down
while you are
speaking). After speaking, release the button to allow others to
reply.
3. When you are finished, press
.
Note: You can change the volume and the speaker setting while a PCS Ready
Link call is activated. Volume: Adjust the voice volume by using the Side Volume
key or
/
on the navigation key except when you are pressing and holding
. This doesn’t affect tone and beep volume. Speaker: Switch the speaker On
or Off by pressing
.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
134
PCS Ready Link Options
When you use PCS Ready Link, several user options are available by
pressing Options (right softkey). To select an option, highlight it and
press
.
ⅷ
Edit to edit a PCS Ready Link number and/or name. See page 140.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Erase to erase a contact. EraseGroup appears when you highlight a
group.
EraseR-LinkList to erase entries saved in the PCS Ready Link List
(except Company List/Co. Groups).
NewContact to add a new contact. NewGroup appears when you
highlight a group list. See page 138 for details.
Copy to copy a contact to the Personal List. CopyGroup appears
when you highlight a group. (This option doesn’t appear if the
entry is already in the Personal List or when you select Personal
List/Per. Groups.)
ⅷ
Settings to change the current settings.
Ⅲ
DefaultView to select the default PCS Ready Link List when a
PCS Ready Link is launched. You can select from Company
List/Co. Groups, or Personal List/Per. Groups. (The default
setting is Company List.) If you select Company List/
Co. Groups and there is no data in the list, your phone will
display Personal List.
Ⅲ
Loudspeaker to set the speakerphone On or Off when
PCS Ready Link call is activated. The default setting is On.
(If the phone’s ringer volume is set Vibrate, Ringer Off, or
Silence All, the speakerphone turns Off. Press
the speakerphone mode On.)
to turn
ⅷ
Help to see the PCS Ready Link instruction page.
Note: When you use additional accessories, the volume is fixed as follows.
Speaker/Car Kit: Level 3. Earpiece/Headset: Level 2.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
135
Adding and Editing Ready Link Contacts
CopyinganEntrytoPersonalListorPersonalGroupList
You can copy an entry to your Personal List/Per. Groups from several
different sources. If the selected entry is already stored in the
Personal List/Per. Groups, the “copy” option does not appear.
TocopyanentryfromthelastPCSReadyLinkcall:
1. From the PCS Ready Link List, highlight Redial and press
2. Press Copy (right softkey).
.
3. Press Yes (left softkey) to complete copying.
TocopyanentryfromthePCSReadyLinkList:
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want
to copy a contact (CompanyList, Co. Groups, OutgoingCalls,
IncomingCalls, or MissedCalls), and press
.
3. Highlight the entry you want to copy (or scroll to highlight the
Redial entry at the top of your screen) and press Options (right
softkey).
4. Highlight Copy and press
.
Ⅲ
CopyGroup appears when you highlight a group during
step 3 above.
5. Press Yes (left softkey) to copy and save the entry to your
Personal List or Personal Group List.
TocopyanentryfromtheCompanyList:
1. Press
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press
4. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight CompanyList, and press
5. Highlight a contact you want to copy and press Options (right
to access the main menu.
.
.
.
softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
CopytoPersonal to copy the entry to the Personal List.
Ⅲ
CopytoPh. Book to copy the entry to the Contacts list.
6. Press Yes (left softkey) to complete copying.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
136
TocopyanentryfromtheCompanyGroupList:
1. From step 4 on the previous page, highlight Co. Groups and
press
.
2. Highlight a group you want to copy and press Options (right
softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
CopytoPersonal to copy the entry to your Personal Group List.
Ⅲ
Exit to exit the options.
3. Press Yes (left softkey) to complete copying.
Note: Your Company List/Co. Groups can only be set up and edited by an
authorized administrator on the PCS Ready Link server. You cannot add or edit
contacts/groups to your Company List/Co. Groups.
Saving a PCS Ready Link Number
When you have finished a PCS Ready Link call, you will see the
caller’s name, PCS Ready Link number, and the text “R-Link call
ended.” on the display. You can save a PCS Ready Link number from
the ending display to your Personal List/Per. Groups.
Tosavethenumber:
1. From the ending display, press Save (right softkey).
2. Press Yes (left softkey).
Ⅲ
If the entry has no name, you are prompted to enter a name.
Note: If the number is already stored in the Personal List/Per. Group, the “Save”
softkey does not appear.
Finding an Entry in the PCS Ready Link List
You can find your desired entry by entering a few letters.
TofindaPCSReadyLinkentry:
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight your desired list (CompanyList,
Co. Groups, PersonalList, or Per. Groups), and press
.
3. Enter the first letter or the first few letters of the name.
Ⅲ
The display shows the list beginning with the letter(s) you
entered.
4. Scroll through the list and press
to select your desired entry.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
137
Adding a New Contact toYour Personal List
You can store the total of 200 entries in the Personal List/Per. Groups.
ToaddanewPCSReadyLinkcontact:
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight PersonalList, and press
.
3. Highlight <NewContact> and press
.
– or –
Highlight an entry and press Options (right softkey). Then
highlight NewContact and press
.
Ⅲ
If the Personal List is full, you will see a warning message on
the display.
4. Enter a name for the new contact and press . (This is the
name you will see when calling or receiving a call from the
contact.)
5. Highlight the R-LinkNumber field, enter the contact’s 10-digit
PCS Ready Link number (their PCS Phone number) and
press
.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save the new contact to your
Personal List.
Tip: You are not allowed to use the following symbols during step 4: “:”, “@”, “;”,
“/”, “*”, “)”, and “(”.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
138
Adding a New Group toYour Personal Group List
You can add new groups to the Personal Group List. Each group can
include up to five members. You can enter a group member directly,
or select the member from the Company List or Personal List.
ToaddanewPCSReadyLinkgroupentry:
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press
to access the PCS Ready
Link List.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight Per. Groups, and press
.
3. Highlight <NewGroup> and press
.
– or –
Highlight an entry and press Options (right softkey). Then
highlight NewGroup and press
.
4. Enter a Group Name, press , and press Next (left softkey).
5. To add contacts to the group, press Add (right softkey).
6. Highlight one item from the following and press
:
Ⅲ
New to add a new contact. See the previous page for details.
fromCompany to add a contact from your Company List.
fromPersonal to add a contact from your Personal List.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
7. Scroll to select the contacts you want to add and press
or
Pick (right softkey) to include the entries.
8. Press Done (left softkey) when you are finished selecting
contacts, then press Update (left softkey) to update your
Personal Group List with the new group entry.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
139
Editing a Contact inYour Personal List
ToeditaPersonalListcontact:
1. Follow steps 1-2 in “Adding a New Contact to Your Personal
List” on page 138.
2. Highlight the entry you want to edit and press Options (right
softkey).
Options:
ⅷ
Edit to edit the selected contact.
ⅷ
Erase to erase the selected contact.
ⅷ
NewContact to add a new contact.
ⅷ
EraseR-LinkList to erase the PCS Ready Link List. See page 142 for
details.
ⅷ
Settings to set Default View and Loudspeaker. See page 135 for
details.
ⅷ
Help to view the PCS Ready Link instruction page.
3. Highlight Edit and press
4. Highlight the field you want to edit (Name or R-LinkNumber),
and press
.
.
5. Edit the entry, press OK (left softkey), and press Save (left
softkey) to save your changes.
Editing a Group inYour Personal Group List
Toeditagroupname:
1. Follow steps 1-2 in “Adding a New Contact to Your Personal
Group List” on the previous page.
2. Highlight the group entry you want to edit and press Options
(right softkey).
Options:
ⅷ
Edit to edit the selected group.
ⅷ
EraseGroup to erase the selected group.
ⅷ
NewGroup to add a new group.
ⅷ
EraseR-LinkList to erase the PCS Ready Link List. See page 142 for
details.
ⅷ
Settings to set Default View and Loudspeaker. See page 135 for
details.
ⅷ
Help to view the PCS Ready Link instruction page.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
140
3. Highlight Edit and press
.
4. Edit the group name and press
or OK (left softkey).
Ⅲ
If you don’t need to edit the group name, press Next (left
softkey) during step 4 above and skip step 5.
5. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.
6. To edit a group member, highlight the contact you want to edit
and press Options (right softkey).
Options:
ⅷ
Edit to edit a group member’s name and phone number.
ⅷ
Erase to erase the group member.
ⅷ
AddNew to add a new group member in the Personal Group List.
ⅷ
Add(Company) to add a new group member from the Company List.
ⅷ
Add(Personal) to add a new group member from the Personal List.
ⅷ
Details to display a group member’s information.
7. Highlight Edit and press
8. Highlight the field you want to edit (Name or R-LinkNumber) and
press
.
.
9. Edit the entry, press OK (left softkey), and press Save (left
softkey) to save your changes.
10. Press Update (left softkey) to update your Personal Group List.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
141
Erasing Ready Link List Entries
Erasing an Entry inYour Personal List or Personal
Group List
Toeraseacontactoragroup:
1. From the PCS Ready Link List, press Goto (left softkey),
highlight PersonalList or Per. Groups, and press
.
2. Highlight the entry you want to erase and press Options (right
softkey).
3. Highlight Erase and press
.
Ⅲ
EraseGroup appears when you select Per. Groups.
4. Select Yes and press
Toeraseagroupmember:
1. From the PCS Ready Link List, press Goto (left softkey),
highlight Per. Groups, and press
.
.
2. Highlight your desired group and press
to display the group
members.
3. Highlight the contact you want to erase and press Options (right
softkey).
4. Highlight Erase and press
5. Select Yes and press
.
.
6. Press Update (left softkey) to update your Personal Group List.
Erasing a PCS Ready Link List
You can erase all entries saved in the PCS Ready Link List (except
Company List/Co. Groups).
ToeraseaPCSReadyLinkList:
1. From the PCS Ready Link List, press Options (right softkey).
2. Highlight EraseR-LinkList and press
.
3. Highlight your desired option and press
.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
142
Options:
ⅷ
OutgoingCalls to erase all outgoing PCS Ready Link calls.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
IncomingCalls to erase all incoming PCS Ready Link calls.
MissedCalls to erase all missed PCS Ready Link calls.
AllCalls to erase all PCS Ready Link call history, except redial.
AllPersonalEnt to erase all entries in Personal List and
Personal Groups. You are prompted to enter your 4-digit lock
code. (See “Unlocking Your Phone” on page 3.)
4. Select Yes and press
.
Tip: The Redial number will not be erased.
UpdatingYour PCS Ready Link Lists
Updating the Company List and Personal List
ToupdateyourCompanyListandPersonalListmanuallythrough
thePCSReadyLinkserver,followthesesteps:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select ReadyLink and press
4. Select ListUpdate and press
.
.
.
Managing PCS Ready Link Settings
Setting Speed Dialing for PCS Ready Link Entries
1. Press
2. Select Contacts and press
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
4. Highlight an unassigned number and press
.
Ⅲ
When you highlight an assigned number and press
,
you’ll be asked whether you want to overwrite the assigned
number. Select Yes or No, or you can also select Unassign to
cancel the stored speed dial.
5. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want
to set a speed dial (CompanyList, Co. Groups, PersonalList, or
Per. Groups) and press
.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
143
6. Select the contact and press
.
– or –
Select the group and press , select an option, and press
.
Ⅲ
Assign to assign the selected group as a speed dial.
Ⅲ
Details to display the group details. You can select the entry
from the group list.
TouseSpeedDialforaPCSReadyLinkentry:
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and press and
hold
.
Restarting the Ready Link Service
TorestartthePCSReadyLinkservice:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press
.
4. Select RestartR-Link and press
.
Setting Ready Link Guard
This feature enables you to display the warning message when you
cannot receive PCS Ready Link calls. The warning message appear
when you are launching the Web.
TosettheReadyLinkGuard:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press
.
4. Select R-LinkGuard and press . (A message will appear.)
5. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.
6. Select On and press
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6 above.
Section 2J: Using PCS Ready Link
144
Section 3
PCS Service Features
Section 3A
PCS Service Features: The Basics
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ UsingVoicemail
UsingCallerID
RespondingtoCallWaiting
MakingaThree-WayCall
UsingCallForwarding
Nowthatyou’vemasteredyourphone’sfundamentals, it’stimetoexplore
thecallingfeaturesthatenhanceyourPCSService. This section
outlines your basic PCS Service features.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
146
UsingVoicemail
Setting UpYourVoicemail
All unanswered calls to your PCS Vision Phone are automatically
transferred to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned
off. Therefore, you will want to set up your PCS Voicemail and
personal greeting as soon as your PCS Vision Phone is activated.
Tosetupyourvoicemail:
1. Press and hold
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:
Ⅲ
Create your passcode
Ⅲ
Record your greeting
Ⅲ
Record your name announcement
Ⅲ
Choose whether or not to activate One-Touch Message
Access (a feature that lets you access messages and
bypassing the need for you to enter your passcode).
Note: The voicemail setup process may vary in certain Affiliate areas.
Voicemail Notification
There are several ways your PCS Vision Phone alerts you of a
new message:
ⅷ
By displaying a message on the screen.
ⅷ
By sounding the assigned ringer type.
ⅷ
By the LED blinking red.
ⅷ
By displaying
at the top of your screen.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
147
NewVoicemail MessageAlerts
When you receive a new voice message, your phone alerts you and
prompts you to call your voicemail.
Tocallyourvoicemail:
ᮣ
Press
.
TodisplayyourMissedLog:
ᮣ
Press
or OK (left softkey).
Important: When you are roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you
may not receive notification of new voicemail messages. It is recommended that
you periodically check your voicemail by dialing 1 + area code + your PCS Phone
Number. When your voicemail answers, press
and enter your passcode.
You will be charged roaming rates when accessing voicemail while roaming off
the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.
Note: Your phone accepts messages even when it is turned off. However, you are
only notified of new messages when your phone is turned on and you are in a
PCS Service Area.
RetrievingYourVoicemail Messages
You can review your messages directly from your PCS Vision Phone or
from any other touch-tone phone. To dial from your PCS Vision Phone,
you can either speed dial your voicemail or use the menu keys.
UsingOne-TouchMessageAccess
ᮣ
Press and hold
. (Your phone will dial your voicemail box.)
UsingtheMenuKeysonYourPhonetoAccessYourMessages
1. Press to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select Voicemail and press
.
4. Select CallVoicemail and press
.
Note: You are charged for airtime minutes when you are accessing your
voicemail from your PCS Vision Phone.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
148
UsingaPhoneOtherThanYourPCSVisionPhoneto
AccessMessages
1. Dial your PCS Phone Number.
2. When your voicemail answers, press
.
3. Enter your passcode.
Tip: When you call into voicemail you first hear the header information (date,
time, and sender information) for the message. To skip directly to the message,
press
during the header.
VoicemailButtonGuide
Here’s a quick guide to your keypad functions while listening to
voicemail messages. For further details and menu options, see
“Voicemail Menu Key” on page 153.
Date/Time Send Reply Advance
Replay
Erase
Rewind
Call Back
Help
Forward
Save
Cancel
Skip
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
149
Voicemail Options
Your PCS Vision Phone offers several options for organizing and
accessing your voicemail.
UsingExpertMode
Using the Expert Mode setting for your personal voicemail box helps
you navigate through the voicemail system more quickly by
shortening the voice prompts you hear at each level.
ToturnExpertModeonoroff:
1. Press and hold
to access your voicemail. (If your voicemail
box contains any new or saved messages, press
to access
the main voicemail menu.)
2. Press
to change your Personal Options, following the
system prompts.
3. Press
for Expert Mode.
4. Press
to turn Expert Mode on or off.
SettingUpGroupDistributionLists
Create up to 20 separate group lists, each with up to 20 customers.
1. Press and hold
to access your voicemail. (If your voicemail
box contains any new or saved messages, press
the main voicemail menu.)
to access
2. Press
to change your Personal Options, following the
system prompts.
3. Press
for Administrative Options.
for Group Distribution Lists.
4. Press
5. Follow the voice prompts to create, edit, rename, or delete
group lists.
PCSCallback
Return a call after listening to a message without disconnecting
from voicemail.
ᮣ
Press
after listening to a message. (Once the call is
complete, you’re returned to the voicemail main menu.)
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
150
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessage
Record and send a voice message to other PCS Voicemail users.
1. From the main voicemail menu, press
to send a message.
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.
3. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your voice
message.
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageReply
Reply to a voice message received from any other PCS Voicemail user.
1. After listening to a voice message, press
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your reply.
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageForwarding
Forward a voice message, except those marked “Private,” to other
PCS Voicemail users.
1. After listening to a message, press
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.
3. Follow the voice prompts to record your introduction and
forward the voice message.
Voicemail-to-VoicemailReceiptRequest
Receive confirmation that your voice message has been
listened to when you send, forward, or reply to other PCS users.
1. After you have recorded a message, press
to indicate you
are satisfied with the message you recorded.
2. Press
to mark receipt requested.
3. Press
to send your voicemail message.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
151
ContinueRecording
When leaving a voice message, you can choose to continue recording
even after you’ve stopped.
ᮣ
Before pressing
to indicate that you are satisfied with the
message you recorded, press
to continue recording.
ExtendedAbsenceGreeting
When your phone is turned off or you are off the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network for an extended period, this greeting can be played
instead of your normal personal greeting.
1. From the main voicemail menu, press
for Personal
Options.
2. Press
for Greetings.
to record an Extended Absence Greeting.
3. Press
Clearing the Message Icon
Your phone may temporarily continue to display the message icon
after you have checked your voice and text messages.
Tocleartheiconfromthedisplayscreen:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
3. Select Voicemail and press
4. Select ClearCount and press
.
.
.
5. Select Yes and press
.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
152
Voicemail Menu Key
Following the prompts on the voicemail system, you can use your
keypad to navigate through the voicemail menu. The following list
outlines your phone’s voicemail menu structure.
Listen
Envelope Information
Reply
Advance 8 Seconds
Replay
Rewind
Forward Message
Erase
Callback
Save
Options
Send a Message
Personal Options
Notification Options
Phone Notification
Numeric Paging to a PCS Phone
Return to Personal Options Menu
Administrative Options
Skip Pass code
Autoplay
Message Date & Time On/Off
Change Pass code
Group Distribution List
Return to Personal Options Menu
Greetings
Personal Greetings
Name Announcement
Extended Absence Greeting
Return to Personal Options Menu
Expert Mode (On/Off)
Place a Call
Disconnect
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
153
Using Caller ID
Caller ID allows people to identify a caller before answering the
phone by displaying the number of the incoming call. If you do not
want your number displayed when you place a call, just follow these
easy steps.
Toblockyourphonenumberfrombeingdisplayedforaspecific
outgoingcall:
1. Press
2. Enter the number you want to call.
3. Press
.
.
To permanently block your number, call PCS Customer Solutions.
Responding to CallWaiting
When you’re on a call, Call Waiting alerts you of incoming calls by
sounding two beeps. Your phone’s screen informs you that another
call is coming in and displays the caller’s phone number (if it is
available and you are in digital mode).
Torespondtoanincomingcallwhileyou’reonacall:
ᮣ
Press
(or press , highlight Flash, and press ). (This
puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call.)
Toswitchbacktothefirstcaller:
ᮣ
Press
again (or press , highlight Flash, and press ).
Tip: For those calls where you don’t want to be interrupted, you can temporarily
disable Call Waiting by pressing
before placing your call.
Call Waiting is automatically reactivated once you end the call.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
154
Making a Three-Way Call
With Three-Way Calling, you can talk to two people at the same time.
When using this feature, the normal airtime rates will be charged for
each of the two calls.
TomakeaThree-WayCall:
1. Enter a number you wish to call and press
or
.
2. Once you have established the connection, press
(or
press , highlight Three-WayCall, and press ). (This puts the
first caller on hold.)
3. Dial the second number you wish to call and press
(or
again
press , highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn, and press ).
4. When you’re connected to the second party, press
(or press , highlight Flash, and press ) to begin your
three-way call.
If one of the people you called hangs up during your call, you and the
remaining caller stay connected. If you initiated the call and are the
first to hang up, all three callers are disconnected.
Tip: You can also begin a Three-Way Call by displaying a phone number stored in
your Contacts, Call History, or Messaging. To call the third party, press
step 3 above.
during
Note: Call Waiting and Three-Way Calling are not available while roaming off the
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
155
Using Call Forwarding
Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to another
phone number – even when your phone is turned off. You can
continue to make calls from your phone when Call Forwarding is
activated.
ToactivateCallForwarding:
1. Press
.
2. Enter the area code and phone number to which your future
calls should be forwarded.
3. Press
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of
Call Forwarding.)
TodeactivateCallForwarding:
1. Press
.
2. Press
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the deactivation.)
Note: You are charged a higher rate for calls you have forwarded.
Note: PCS Ready Link calls cannot be forwarded.If Call Forwarding is activated,
incoming PCS Ready Link calls will not be completed.
Section 3A: PCS Service Features – The Basics
156
Section 3B
SM
PCS Vision
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedWithPCSVision
UnderstandingMessaging
UsingEmail
ࡗ AccessingGames ࡗ AccessingRingers ࡗ AccessingScreenSavers AccessingAlternateEmailProviders
ࡗ ExploringtheWeb UsingInstantMessaging
ExperiencingOnlineChat
DownloadingContent
ࡗ UsingPCSBusinessConnection ࡗ PCSVisionFAQs SM
PCS Vision bringsyouclarityyoucanseeandhearwithadvanced
multimediaservices. These features, including PCS Messaging,
games, downloadable ringers and screen savers, Web access, and
SM
PCS Business Connection are easy to learn and use. The rich,
colorful graphic experience is visually comparable to your home or
office computer. Clearly, it’s a whole new way to look at wireless.
This section introduces these advanced services and walks you
through the necessary steps to start taking advantage of PCS Vision.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
157
Getting StartedWith PCSVision
With your PCS Vision Phone and PCS Service, you are ready to start
enjoying the advantages of PCS Vision. This section will help you
learn the basics of using your PCS Vision services, including
managing your User Name, launching a Vision connection, and
navigating the Web with your PCS Vision Phone.
Your User Name
When you buy a PCS Vision Phone and sign up for service, you’re
automatically assigned a User Name. A User Name is typically based
on your name and a number, followed by “@sprintpcs.com.” For
example, the third John Smith to sign up for PCS Vision services
name you want – as long as nobody else has it.
When you use PCS Vision services, your User Name is submitted to
identify you to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. The User Name
is also useful as an address for Email, as a way to personalize Web
services, and as an online virtual identity.
Note: If you already have a Email User Name, that will automatically become
your PCS Vision User Name.
Your User Name will be automatically programmed into your
PCS Vision Phone. You don’t have to enter it.
UpdatingYourUserName
When you change the programmed User Name and select a new one,
you have to update your User Name through your PCS Phone.
ToupdateyourUserName:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
.
3. Select PCSVision and press
.
4. Select UpdateProfile and press
.
Ⅲ
If you want to cancel, press
while processing.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
158
FindingYourUserName
If you aren’t sure what your PCS Vision User Name is, you can easily
find it online or on your PCS Vision Phone.
TofindyourUserName:
ⅷ
PCS Phone Number and password. To view your PCS Vision User
Name, click on the MyPersonalInformation menu and then click
PCSVisionUserName.
ⅷ
OnyourPCSVisionPhone. To find your User Name, access
your phone’s main menu, click on the PhoneInfo and then click
Phone#UserID.
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press
from standby mode. Menu
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
159
Launching a PCSVision Connection
TolaunchaPCSVisionconnection:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Web and press . (Your PCS Vision connection will
launch and the PCS Vision Home page will display.)
The PCS Vision Home Page
Vision Home
Personalize with
Downloads
1. Messaging
2. Downloads
3. News
4. Weather
5. Sports
6. Entertainment
7. Money
Go
Shortcut: You can also press
to launch the Web.
Note: If Net Guard is enabled and displayed (see below), press OK (left softkey) to
continue and launch the Web.
While connecting, the following will appear on the screen:
Connecting...Pleasewait..
If you had a previous PCS Vision connection, the last page you visited
(for example, PCS Short Mail or ESPN Top News) will display when
you launch your browser. When this occurs, you may not see the
“Connecting...” message when you launch the session. Though the
browser is open, you are not currently in an active data session - that
is, no data is being sent or received. As soon as you navigate to
another page, the active session will launch and you will see the
“Connecting...” message.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
160
Net Guard
When you first connect to the Web, the Net Guard will appear to
confirm that you want to connect. This feature helps you avoid
accidental connections. You can disable the Net Guard in the future
by selecting AlwaysAuto-Connect when the Net Guard is displayed.
TochangeyourNetGuardsettings:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Settings and press
3. Select PCSVision and press
4. Select NetGuard and press
.
.
.
5. Select On or Off and press
.
Ⅲ
On to activate the Net Guard.
Ⅲ
Off to deactivate the Net Guard.
Note: When enabled, the Net Guard appears only once per session. The Net
Guard does not appear if the phone is merely re-connecting due to a time-out.
PCSVision Connection Status and Indicators
Your phone’s display lets you know the current status of your
PCS Vision connection through indicators which appear at the top
of the screen. The following symbols are used:
Your PCS Vision connection is active (data is being transferred);
the transmit/receive symbol will blink to indicate data
transmission. Incoming voice calls go directly to voicemail;
outgoing voice calls can be made, but the PCS Vision
connection will terminate.
Your PCS Vision connection is dormant (no data is being sent
or received). Though not currently active, when dormant the
phone can restart an active connection quickly; voice calls can
be made and received.
Your phone is not currently able to access PCS Vision service
features.
If no indicator appears, your phone does not have a current
PCS Vision connection. To launch a connection, see “Launching a
PCS Vision Connection” on the previous page.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
161
Navigating theWeb
Navigating through menus and Websites during a PCS Vision
session is easy once you’ve learned a few basics. Here are some tips
for getting around:
Softkeys
During a PCS Vision session, the bottom line of your phone’s display
contains one or more softkeys. These keys are shortcut controls for
navigating around the Web, and they correspond to the softkey
buttons directly below the phone’s display screen.
Tip: Depending on which Websites you visit, the labels on the softkeys may
change to indicate their function.
Tousesoftkeys:
ᮣ
Press the desired softkey button. (If an additional pop-up menu
appears when you press the softkey button, select the menu
items using your keypad [if they’re numbered] or by
highlighting the option and pressing .)
Vision Home
Personalize with
Downloads
1. Messaging
2. Downloads
3. News
4. Weather
5. Sports
6. Entertainment
7. Money
left softkey
Scrolling
Go
right softkey
As with other parts of your phone’s menu, you’ll have to scroll up and
down to see everything on some Websites.
ToscrolllinebylinethroughWebsites:
ᮣ
Press
/
on the navigation key.
ToscrollpagebypagethroughWebsites:
ᮣ
Press the volume buttons on the side of the phone.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
162
Selecting
Once you’ve learned how to use softkeys and scroll, you can start
navigating the Web.
Toselecton-screenitems:
ᮣ
Use the navigation key to highlight the desired item, then press
the desired softkey button (or press
).
Tip: You’ll find that the left softkey is used primarily for selecting items. This
softkey is often labeled “Go.”
Tip: If the items on a page are numbered, you can use your keypad (number keys)
to select an item. (The tenth item in a numbered list may be selected by pressing
the
key on your phone’s keypad, even though the number 0 doesn’t appear
on the screen.)
Links, which appear as underlined text, allow you to jump to
different Web pages, select special functions, or even place
phone calls.
Toselectlinks:
ᮣ
Highlight the link and select the appropriate softkey.
GoingBack
Togobackonepage:
ᮣ
Press the
key on your phone.
Note: The keyisalsousedfordeletingtext(likeaBACKSPACEkey)whenyou
are entering text.
GoingHome
ToreturntothePCSVisionHomepagefromanyotherWebpage:
ᮣ
Press the right softkey, then highlight Home and press
OK (left softkey).
Section 3B: PCS Vision
163
PCS Messaging
Understanding Messaging
Now you can send and receive emails and text messages and
participate in Web-based chatrooms right from your PCS Vision
Phone. Messaging allows you to stay connected to friends, family,
and co-workers 24 hours a day anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network.
Tip: A question mark will appear when you receive a message written in Latin.
MessageTypes
There are many types of text messaging available on your phone.
These appear on your screen as Notifications and include numeric
messages (pages), Messages, Updates, and Mail.
(PCS Voicemail provides voicemail-to-mailbox messaging.
For information on using your phone’s voicemail feature, see
“Using Voicemail” on page 147.)
New Messages
When you receive a new Message, your phone will alert you.
Press View (left softkey) to display the message details.
ⅷ
Press Call (left softkey) to dial the phone number. (Appears when
a phone number is highlighted.)
ⅷ
Press Reply (left softkey) to reply the message. (Appears when a
phone number or email address is highlighted.)
ⅷ
Press Go (left softkey) to go to the Website. (Appears when a URL
is highlighted.)
ⅷ
Press Forward (left softkey) to forward the message. (Appears
only if there are no phone numbers or URLs in the message.)
ⅷ
Press Options (right softkey) to display options. (See page 168 for
details.)
Tip: When you highlight a phone number, the left softkey may change as Call or
Reply depending on the circumstance.
Message Storage
Your PCS Phone can store up to 200 received and 180 sent Messages.
When the message memory is full, the oldest unlocked message will
be deleted automatically. (See page 169 for locking messages.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
164
Displaying Messages
To display a Message from the message notification alert, see “New
Messages” on the previous page.
TodisplayaMessagefromthemainmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select TextMsg and press . (The folder list appears.)
4. Select Inbox, Sent, Outbox, Drafts, or your defined folder and
press . (The message list appears.)
5. Highlight the header of the message you want to see and
press . (The message detail appears.)
When you display the message list, icons appear at the left side of
each header of the message.
IconIndication
Function Icons
Folder
Details
A new message folder
Unread message
Read message
Inbox
Sent
Sent message
Unsent message
Plural unsent messages
Draft message
Outbox
Drafts
Plural draft messages
If the sender or addressee’s information has already been stored in
the Contacts list, the corresponding name or phone number appears
as the header of the message.
Toreadothermessages:
ⅷ
Press on the navigation key to read the previous message.
ⅷ
Press on the navigation key to read the next message.
Displaying Picture Mail
When you receive a Picture Mail, your phone will save it into Picture
Mail Inbox automatically.
TodisplayaPicturefromthemainmenu:
1. Press
2. Select Messaging and press
3. Select PictureMail and press . (Picture Mail Inbox appears.)
4. Select your desired message and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
5. Highlight the URL in the message and press Go (left softkey).
(The picture will appear on your PCS Vision Phone.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
165
Sending a Message
With Messaging, you can use a person’s wireless phone number to
send and receive instant text messages from your PCS Vision Phone
to their messaging-ready phone – and they can send messages to you.
When you receive a new message, you’ll automatically be notified
with a two-way text message.
Tosendatextmessage:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select SendText and press
.
4. Select FromPhoneBook, MobilePhone#, or EmailAddress to enter
recipients.
Ⅲ
FromPhoneBook to select a recipient from your Contacts list.
Highlight an entry and press
to select. Or select
<NewEntry> to enter a new entry. Press Done (left softkey)
when you are finished selecting/entering recipients.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
MobilePhone# to enter a mobile phone number directly.
EmailAddress to enter an email address directly.
5. To add a recipient, press Options (right softkey), select
AddRecipients, and press
.
Ⅲ
Edit to edit the selected entry.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Erase to erase the selected entry.
EraseAll to erase all entries you have selected/entered.
AddRecipient to add recipients.
6. Press Next (left softkey) when you are finished selecting/entering
recipients (you may include up to 10 recipients).
7. To enter a message, select the box under Message and press
.
8. Use your keypad to enter a text message (or press the right
softkey to select from CannedMessages or RecentMessages).
9. To set the message priority, select the box under Priority and
press
10. Select Ordinary or Urgent and press
11. Press Send (left softkey) to send the message.
.
.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
166
To change the recipients or to save the message as a draft, press
Options (right softkey) and select ChgRecipients or SavetoDrafts
during steps 7-11 on the previous page.
ⅷ
ChgRecipients to change Recipients.
ⅷ
SavetoDrafts to save the message to a Drafts folder. (See below to
edit and send the draft message.)
Note: If there is a failure when sending a message, the message goes to the
Outbox folder. See next page to send the message.
Sending a Message in the Drafts Folder
Toeditandsendamessageinthedraftsfolder:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select TextMsg and press
.
4. Select Drafts and press
.
5. Select the message you wish to edit and press Options (right
softkey).
Ⅲ
Edit to edit the draft message.
Ⅲ
Send to send the draft message.
Ⅲ
ComposeNew to compose a new message.
Ⅲ
Erase to erase the message.
Ⅲ
EraseAll to erase all messages in the drafts folder.
6. Select Edit and press
to edit the message.
7. After editing the message, press Send (left softkey) to send the
message.
Tip: The oldest message in the drafts folder will be erased when you save more
than 10 messages.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
167
Sending a Message in the Outbox Folder
If a failure occurs when you try to send a message, the message goes
to the Outbox folder.
TosendamessagefromtheOutboxfolder:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select TextMsg and press
.
4. Select Outbox and press
.
5. Select the message you wish to send and press Send (left softkey).
Message Options
Several options are available when you display a folder list, message
list, or message details.
FolderListOptions
Select Inbox, Sent, Outbox, Drafts, or your defined folder and press
Options (right softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
EditFolder to edit the folder (user defined folder only).
ⅷ
EraseFolder to erase the folder (user defined folder only).
ⅷ
CreateFolder to create a new user defined folder.
ⅷ
ComposeNew to compose a new message.
ⅷ
EraseMessages to erase messages (if applicable).
MessageListOptions
To display message list, select Inbox (or defined folder), Sent, Outbox,
or Drafts and press . To display Picture Mail message list, select
PictureMail from Messaging menu and press . (Picture Mail Inbox
appears.) Then highlight a message, and press Options (right softkey)
to display options.
ⅷ
Reply to reply to the message. (See page 166 to send a message.)
(Inbox only.)
ⅷ
Forward to forward the message. Select from FromPhoneBook,
MobilePhone#, or EmailAddress. (Inbox and Sent only.)
ⅷ
Edit to edit a message. (Outbox and Drafts only.)
ⅷ
Send to send a message. (Outbox and Drafts only.)
ⅷ
Move to move a message to the Inbox or to your defined folder.
Select a folder and press , or press <NewFolder> to create a new
folder. (See page 171 to create a folder.) (Inbox only.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
168
ⅷ
ⅷ
Lock to lock a message. Locked messages will not be erased
automatically. To unlock the message, select Unlock and press
(Picture Mail Inbox, Inbox and Sent only.)
.
ComposeNew to compose a new message. (See page 166 to
compose a new message.)
ⅷ
ⅷ
Erase to erase the selected message.
EraseReadMsgs to erase read messages in the folder (except
locked messages). (Picture Mail Inbox, Inbox only.)
ⅷ
EraseAll toeraseallmessagesinthefolder(exceptlockedmessages).
A warning message appears if there are unread messages.
Tip: Locked messages will be displayed with
.
Tip: To make a call from the list, highlight a message and press
applicable).
or
(if
MessageDetailsOptions
After you display the Message list in the Picture Mail Inbox, Inbox,
Sent, or your defined folder, press to display the message details.
Press Options (right softkey) to display message options. To select an
option, highlight it and press
.
ⅷ
Call(GotoList) to call a number in the message. Select a number
and press or Call (left softkey) to place a call. Press and hold
to make a Ready Link call.
Call:SpeakerOn to call in speaker mode. Select a number and
ⅷ
or Call (left softkey) to place a call. Press and hold
to make a
Ready Link call.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Prepend to add numbers to the beginning of the phone number (if
applicable).
GotoURLList to display URLs in the message. Press Go (left
softkey) or select a URL and press
to go to the site.
SendText to display phone numbers and email addresses to send a
message. (See page 166 for details.)
Reply to reply to the message. (See page 166 to send a message.)
(Message in Inbox and defined folder only.)
Forward to forward the message. Select from FromPhoneBook,
MobilePhone#, or EmailAddress.
Move to move the message to another folder. Select a folder and
press
or press <NewFolder> to create a new folder.
(See page 171 to create a folder.) (Message in Inbox and defined
folder only.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
169
ⅷ
Lock to lock the message. Locked messages will not be erased
automatically. To unlock the message, select Unlock and press
FontSize to change the font size from Small or Normal.
SavetoPh. Book to save the phone number, email address, and
.
ⅷ
ⅷ
URLs. Select a data category and press
to save.
ⅷ
ⅷ
GotoPhoneBook to go to the Contacts list (if applicable).
ComposeNew to compose a new message. (See page 166 to
compose a message.)
ⅷ
Erase to erase the message.
Changing the Display Font Size of a Message
After you display a Message in the Inbox, Sent, or your defined folder,
press Options (right softkey) to display message options.
Toadjustthedisplayfontsize:
1. Select FontSize and press
.
2. Select Small or Normal and press
.
Prepending a Phone Number From a Message
After you display a Message in the Inbox, Sent, or your defined folder,
press Options (right softkey) to display message options.
Toaddaprefixtoaphonenumber:
1. Select Prepend and press
.
2. Highlight your desired phone number and press
or OK (left
softkey).
3. Enter the digits or pauses (see below) you want to add to the
number. If you want to save the number, press and select
the SavePhone# option. If not, the changes only apply to the
current call.
4. To select an option, highlight it and press
.
Ⅲ
Call to dial the phone number.
Ⅲ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone
mode.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
SavePhone# to store the phone number in your Contacts
Directory.
H HardPause to insert a hard pause. (See “Dialing and
Saving Phone Numbers With Pauses” on page 27.)
T 2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause. (See “Dialing and
Saving Phone Numbers With Pauses” on page 27.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
170
Message Folders
Incoming Updates and numeric pages are stored in folders in your
phone’s Messaging menu. You may add your own folders or use the
phone’s default folder.
You can create up to ten folders to store your Messages. When 10
user-defined folders exist, the “Create Folder ”option will not appear.
Toaddanewfolder:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select TextMsg and press
.
4. Press Options (right softkey).
5. Select CreateFolder and press
.
6. Enter a folder name and press
or OK (left softkey).
Ⅲ
Pressing Save (left softkey) allows you to save the folder
name.
7. If you want the message to be filed into the folder automatically,
select the menu under AutoFiling and press
8. Select On and press
9. Select the box under Keyword by scrolling down and press
.
.
.
10. Enter a keyword and press
or OK (left softkey).
11. Press Save (left softkey).
Tosetanoptionalfeaturefortheaddedfolder:
1. During step 9 above, scroll down to select other menu options.
Highlight the menu under each item and press
.
Ⅲ
Notify to set the display notification to on or off when you
have unread messages matching the defined folder.
Ⅲ
EnvelopeIcon to set the envelope icon display to on or off
when you have unread messages matching the defined folder.
2. After selecting each setting, press Save (left softkey).
Section 3B: PCS Vision
171
Toeditafolder:
1. From the folder list display, highlight a defined folder.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Select EditFolder and press
.
4. Select the box you wish to edit and press
.
5. Enter or select a new folder name/setting.
6. Press
or OK (left softkey).
7. Press Save (left softkey).
ErasingAll Messages
Toeraseallmessages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
3. Select TextMsg and press
.
.
4. Select Inbox, Sent, Outbox, Drafts, or your defined folder and
press
.
5. Press Options (right softkey).
6. Select EraseAll and press
7. Select Yes and press
.
.
Moving a Message IntoAnother Folder
Tomoveamessageintoanotherfolder:
1. After you display a message, press Options (right softkey) to
display the message options.
2. Highlight Move and press
.
3. Highlight your desired folder and press . (You must have at
least one defined folder to move a message.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
172
Erasing a Folder
Toeraseatextmessagefolder:
1. From the folder list display, highlight the defined folder you
want to erase.
2. Press Options (right softkey).
3. Highlight EraseFolder and press
4. Select Yes and press
.
.
Note: When you erase a folder, the messages within the folder are also erased.
If the folder contains a new (unread) message or locked message, you are
prompted to select Erase or Don’t Erase.
Erasing Selected Messages inAll Folders
Toeraseselectedmessages:
1. From the folder list display, press Options (right softkey).
2. Select EraseMessages and press
.
3. Select Read, Unread, and/or Sent and press
to check the
appropriate box(es).
4. After selecting the boxes, press Done (left softkey).
5. Select Erase and press
to erase selected messages (except
locked messages).
Note: To erase an individual message, see “Message Options” on page 168.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
173
Signing Up for Updates
With Updates, you can have news and information sent directly to
your PCS Vision Phone at the times you choose.
ToselecttheinformationyouwanttosendtoyourPCSVisionPhone:
1. Log on to the Internet from your computer.
2. Go to the site from which you want to receive information.
®
®
(A few of the sites you can visit are America Online , Yahoo! ,
®,
®
MSN and eBay . The location where you request updates
within each site will vary.)
3. Where indicated on the site, input your 10-digit PCS Phone
Number followed by “@messaging.sprintpcs.com.” (For
Upon completing the registration process, you should begin
receiving updates on your PCS Vision Phone as requested.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
174
Using Email
With Email, you can set up an account at no additional charge and
perform many of the typical email functions from your PCS Vision
Phone that you can from your personal computer.
You can manage your Email account from your PCS Vision Phone or
access other select email providers from the Web through your Email.
Accessing Email Messages
ToaccessEmailmessages:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Messaging and press
.
3. Select GotoEmail and press . (If you’re a first-time user, your
phone will prompt you to set up your Email account by
establishing a User Name and password.)
4. To view your messages, press Inbox (left softkey).
5. Scroll to select the message you wish to read and press the left
softkey.
6. Once you’ve read a message, use the quick actions at the end of
each message (Reply, ReplyAll, Forward, Erase, AddtoFolder,
or Main).
Composing Email Messages
TocomposeanEmailmessage:
1. From the Email menu (see steps 1-3 above), press Compose (left
softkey).
2. Scroll to select the address box and enter the address of the
person to whom you ’re sending a message and press the left
softkey.
3. Scroll to select the message box and enter the subject and your
message.
4. Select Send when your message is ready to be delivered.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
175
AccessingAlternate Email Providers
With PCS Vision, you can use popular email services such as
®
®
®
AOL Mail, Yahoo! Mail, and Earthlink to keep in touch even while
you’re on the go.
UsingAlternate Email Providers
ToaccessemailprovidersfromyourPCSVisionPhone:
1. From the PCS Vision Home page, select Messaging.
2. Select Email.
3. Select an email provider, such as AOLMail, Yahoo!Mail, or
Earthlink.
4. Use your keypad to enter the required sign in information for
the selected provider, such as user name, email address, and/or
password, and select SignIn. (Your mailbox for the selected
provider will display.)
Note: The information required for sign in will vary depending on the email
provider you are accessing.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to, compose,
send, and manage your email account.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
176
Using Instant Messaging
PCS Vision also provides you with access to popular instant
®
TM
messaging (IM) clients, including AOL Instant Messenger ,
®
®
MSN Messenger and Yahoo! Messenger.
Accessing Instant Messaging
ToaccessinstantmessagingclientsfromyourPCSVisionPhone:
1. From the PCS Vision Home page, select Messaging.
2. SelectInstantMessaging.
3. Select an email provider, such as AOLInstantMessenger or
Yahoo!Messenger.
4. Use your keypad to enter the required sign in information for
the selected provider, such as user name and/or password, and
select SignIn. (Your IM screen for the selected provider will
display.)
Note: The information required for sign in will vary depending on the instant
messaging provider you are accessing.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to, compose,
send, and manage your IM account.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
177
ExperiencingWireless Online Chat
PCS Vision gives you the ability to join wireless chatrooms from
your PCS Vision Phone, to send text messages and icons to chatroom
participants, or to launch a one-on-one (private) chatroom.
Toaccessachatroomfromthebrowser:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Highlight Web and press
3. Select Messaging.
4. Select Chat.
.
5. Select Enter. (You will see a disclaimer for Wireless Chat.)
6. SelectIAgreeto enter the Chat menu.
7. Select a chatroom from the menu (for example, “Friends”
or “Singles”).
8. Use your keypad to enter a nickname and select Enter. (Once in
the chatroom, you may scroll through the postings to read
messages from other chatroom participants.)
Topostamessage:
1. During an active chatroom session, select Addtext.
2. Enter your message.
3. Select Send.
Tosetupaprivatechatroom:
1. During an active chatroom session, select 1->1.
2. Select a chatter with whom you’d like to launch a private
chatroom.
Toexitachatroom:
ᮣ
Select LeaveRoom.
Note: To avoid inadvertent data usage charges, you should sign out of
chatrooms when you are ready to exit.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
178
Downloading Premium Services Content
With PCS Vision and your new PCS Vision Phone, you have access to a
dynamic variety of Premium Service content such as downloadable
Games, Ringers, Screen Savers, and other applications. The basic
steps required to access and download Premium Service content are
outlined below.
AccessingtheDownloadMenus
ToaccessthePCSVisiondownloadmenus:
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Select the type of file you wish to download (Games, Ringers,
ScreenSavers, or Applications) and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
4. Select GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and take
you to the corresponding download menu.)
ToaccessthePCSVisiondownloadmenusfromtheWebbrowser:
ᮣ
From the PCS Vision Home page, select Games, Ringers, or
ScreenSavers to go to the corresponding download menu.
(For more information on navigating the Web, see “Navigating
the Web” on page 162.)
SelectinganItemtoDownload
You can search for available items to download in a number of ways:
ⅷ
Featured displays a rotating selection of featured items.
ⅷ
BrowseCategory allows you to narrow your search to a general
category, such as Movie/TV Themes for Ringers or College Logos
for Screen Savers. (There may be several pages of available
content in a list. Select Next9 to view additional items.)
ⅷ
Search allows you to use your keypad to enter search criteria to
locate an item. You may enter an entire word or title or perform a
partial-word search (for example, entering “goo” returns “Good
Ol’ Boy,” “The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly,” and “Goofy - Club”).
Section 3B: PCS Vision
179
DownloadinganItem
Once you’ve selected an item you wish to download, highlight it and
press
or OK (left softkey). You will see a summary page for the
item including its title, the vendor, the download detail, the file size,
and the cost. Links allow you to view the LicenseDetails page, which
outlines the price, license type, and length of license for the
download, and the TermsofUse page, which details the Premium
Services Terms of Use and your responsibility for payment.
Todownloadaselecteditem:
1. From the information page, select Buy, to purchase the item, or
GetIt, if the item is free. (If you have not previously purchased
an item, you will be prompted to create your purchasing
profile.)
2. Confirm your purchase and the charge (if applicable) by
reviewing the Confirmation screen. (You will be informed that
the downloaded item has been stored in MyContentManager.)
3. Press Download to initiate the download of the item. (You will see
a series of browser screens, ending with the Download screen,
which lists the item name, vendor, version, size, and type.)
4. Press Next (right softkey) to download the item. (You will see
another series of screens detailing the download initiation,
progress [in kilobytes], and saving process. When the
Completed screen appears, the item has been successfully
downloaded to your phone.)
5. Press Use (left softkey) to assign the downloaded item (or to
play, in the case of a game).
– or –
Press Shop (right softkey) to look for other items to download.
– or –
Press
to quit the browser and return to standby mode.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
180
Games
Accessing Games
You can play a variety of entertaining and graphically-rich games on
your PCS Vision Phone. New games are easy to download and play.
Tip: For complete instructions on downloading, see “Downloading Premium
Services Content” on page 179.
DownloadingGames
Todownloadanavailablegametoyourphone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Highlight Games and press
.
4. Highlight GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and
take you to the Games download menu.)
5. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a game you wish
to download. (For more information on navigating the Web, see
“Navigating the Web” on page 162.)
6. Select Buy from the item information page. (A confirmation
page will notify you that the Game has been purchased and is
stored in MyContentManager).
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to
create your purchasing profile.
7. To download the game, select Download.
8. From the Download screen, press Next (right softkey) to
download the game. (When the Completed screen appears, the
game has been successfully downloaded to your phone.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
181
PlayingGames
ToplayadownloadedgameonyourPCSVisionPhone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Highlight Games and press
.
4. Select the game you wish to play.
5. Select Yes if a prompt displays the days remaining on the game
license and asks if you want to continue.
6. Follow the onscreen instructions to play the game.
Toquitagame:
1. When you are finished playing, press
. (A prompt will
display: “Resume the Application?”)
2. Select Yes to continue playing.
– or –
Select No to exit.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
182
Ringers
Accessing Ringers
You can personalize your PCS Vision Phone by downloading and
assigning different ringers to number in your address book.
Tip: For complete instructions on downloading, see “Downloading Premium
Services Content” on page 179.
DownloadingRingers
Todownloadanavailableringertoyourphone:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
.
3. Highlight Ringers and press
4. Highlight GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and
take you to the Ringers download menu.)
5. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a ringer you
wish to download. (For more information on navigating the
Web, see “Navigating the Web” on page 162.)
6. From the item information page, select Buy. (A confirmation
page will notify you that the ringer has been purchased and is
stored in MyContentManager.)
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to
create your purchasing profile.
7. Todownloadtheringer, select Download.
8. From the Download screen, press Next (right softkey) to
download the ringer. (When the Completed screen appears,
the ringer has been successfully downloaded to your phone.)
Note: You may store total of 832 KB downloaded data on your phone. Additional
downloads will be stored in My Content Manager.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
183
AssigningDownloadedRingers
You can assign downloaded ringers directly from the Downloads
menu or through your phone’s Settings menu.
ToassignadownloadedringerfromtheDownloadsmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Highlight Ringers and press
4. Highlight a ringer and press
.
.
to play the ringer. (Press Stop
[left softkey] to stop the playback.)
5. Highlight Assign and press
.
6. Highlight VoiceCalls, Voicemail, Messaging, Calendar,
Start-upTone, Power-offTone or PhoneBook and press
The following two items need an extra step:
.
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls requires you to highlight WithCallerID or
NocallerID and press
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBook requires you to highlight the Contacts entry you
want to assign and press
.
(A message appears confirming that the ringer has been assigned.)
ToassignadownloadedringerfromtheSettingsmenu:
ᮣ
See “Selecting Ringer Types for Voice Calls” on page 35;
see “Selecting Ringer Types for Messages” on page 36;
see “Selecting Ringer Types for Voicemail” on page 36;
see “Selecting Ringer Types for Calendar” on page 37;
see “Setting a Start-up/Power-off Tone” on page 38;
– or –
see “Selecting a Ringer/Image Type for an Entry” on page 91.
Note: You may assign a ringer to more than one type of call.
PurchasingRingers
You can purchase ringers directly from your phone by following the
Note: My Content Manager saves items for up to 90 days. Once an item has been
downloaded to your phone, you may keep the file for as long as you like.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
184
Screen Savers
Accessing Screen Savers
Download unique images to use as screen savers – or make it easy to
tell who’s calling by assigning specific images to numbers in your
address book.
Tip: For complete instructions on downloading, see “Downloading Premium
Services Content” on page 179.
DownloadingScreenSavers
TodownloadanavailableScreenSavertoyourphone:
1. Press
2. Select Downloads and press
3. Highlight ScreenSavers and press
to access the main menu.
.
.
4. Highlight GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and
take you to the Screen Savers download menu.)
5. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a Screen Saver
you wish to download. (For more information on navigating the
Web, see “Navigating the Web” on page 162.)
6. From the item information page, select Buy. (A confirmation
page will notify you that the Screen Saver has been purchased
and is stored in MyContentManager.)
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to
create your purchasing profile.
7. To download the Screen Saver, select Download.
8. From the Download screen, press Next (right softkey) to
download the Screen Saver. (When the Completed screen
appears, the Screen Saver has been successfully downloaded to
your phone.)
Note: You may store total of 832 KB downloaded data on your phone, depending
on the file sizes. Additional downloads will be stored in My Content Manager.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
185
AssigningDownloadedScreenSavers
Downloaded Screen Savers may be assigned directly from the
Downloads menu or through the Settings menu.
ToassignadownloadedScreenSaverfromtheDownloadsmenu:
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Select Downloads and press
.
3. Highlight ScreenSavers and press
.
4. Highlight a Screen Saver and press
.
5. Select Assign and press
6. Select one of IncomingCalls, ScreenSaver, or PhoneBook and
press
.
.
The following item needs an extra step:
Ⅲ
PhoneBook requires you to highlight your desired Contacts
entry and press
.
(A message appears confirming that the image has been assigned.)
Note: Depending on the data, you can select where to assign downloaded images:
Image data can be assigned to Incoming Calls, Screen Saver, or Phone Book.
Animation data can be assigned to Standby, Outgoing Calls, or Service Search.
Note: You may assign a Screen Saver to more than one task.
PurchasingScreenSavers
You can purchase Screen Savers directly from your phone by following
Note: My Content Manager saves items for up to 90 days. Once an item has been
downloaded to your phone, you may keep the file for as long as you like.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
186
Web
Exploring theWeb
With Web access on your PCS Vision Phone, you can browse full-
color graphic versions of your favorite Websites, making it easier than
ever to stay informed while on the go. Follow sports scores and
breaking news and weather and shop on your PCS Vision Phone
anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.
In addition to the features already covered in this section, the
PCS Vision Home page offers access to these colorful, graphically
rich Web categories. Many sites are available under more than one
menu – choose the one that’s most convenient for you.
ⅷ
News. Get up-to-the-minute news regarding finance, business,
sports, and entertainment at sites like CNNtoGo, Bloomberg,
USA Today, and Forbes.
ⅷ
Weather. Access The Weather Channel to get current weather
conditions and forecasts.
ⅷ
Entertainment. Get the latest buzz on your favorite stars as well as
movie and music reviews at Websites like E! Online, Pocket
TM
BoxOffice , and TastNtalk.
ⅷ
Sports. Enjoy current news, statistics, and sports scores, as well as
updates of events in progress at ESPN.com and other sports sites.
ⅷ
Finance. Use Websites like Bloomberg, Fidelity, and Forbes to get
stock quotes, make trades, and check your bank account online.
ⅷ
Travel. Access flight information and make dining arrangements
from travel Websites like Saber and Fodors.com.
ⅷ
Shopping. Browse or purchase from popular shopping Websites
like Amazon.com or Edmunds.
ⅷ
Tools. Use tools like Switchboard to access yellow pages, white
pages – even reverse phone number look-up or use Google to
search for other Websites or images.
ⅷ
BusinessLinks. Access your PCS Business Connection Personal or
Enterprise Edition along with links to many business-related sites.
ⅷ
MyAccount. Check minutes and PCS Vision usage, view your
current invoice, or make a payment.
ⅷ
Search. Use Google to search keywords, articles, and even images.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
187
Using the Browser Menu
Navigating the Web from your phone using the PCS Vision Home
page is easy once you get the hang of it. For details on how to
navigate the Web, select menu items, and more, see “Navigating the
Web” on page 162.
Although the PCS Vision Home page offers a broad and convenient
array of sites and services for you to browse, not all sites are
represented, and certain functions, such as going directly to specific
Websites, are not available. For these and other functions, you will
need to use the browser menu. The browser menu offers additional
functionality to expand your use of the Web on your PCS Vision Phone.
OpeningtheBrowserMenu
The browser menu may be opened anytime you have an active
PCS Vision session, from any page you are viewing.
Toopenthebrowsermenu:
1. From standby mode, press
2. Press the right softkey.
– or –
.
1. Press
to access the main menu.
2. Highlight Web and press
.
3. Press the right softkey.
Tip: When Ready Link Guard is set to On, a warning message will appear.
Press Continue (left softkey) to continue. See page 144 for Ready Link Guard.
Options available under the browser menu include:
ⅷ
Home. Returns the browser to the PCS Vision Home page.
ⅷ
Forward. Allows you to go forward to the pages you have visited.
ⅷ
Markthispage. Allows you to create new bookmarks.
ⅷ
ViewBookmarks. Allows you to view and access bookmarked sites.
ⅷ
Search. Launches a Google search.
ⅷ
ShowURL. Displays the URL (Website address) of the site you’re
currently viewing.
ⅷ
GotoURL.... Allows you to navigate directly to a Website by
entering its URL (Website address).
ⅷ
History. Displays the pages you have visited.
ⅷ
Refreshthispage. Reloads the current Web page.
ⅷ
More.... Displays the additional menu options. (Restart Browser,
About Browser, and Preferences.)
Section 3B: PCS Vision
188
CreatingaBookmark
Bookmarks allow you to store the address of your favorite Websites
for easy access at a later time.
Tocreateabookmark:
1. Launch the Web page you want to mark.
2. Press (right softkey) to go to the Browser menu.
3. Select Markthispage and press
or OK (left softkey).
Note: Bookmarking a page does not store the page contents, just its address.
Some pages cannot be bookmarked. Whether a particular Web page may be
marked is controlled by its creator.
AccessingaBookmark
Toaccessabookmark:
1. Access the browser menu by pressing (right softkey).
2. Select ViewBookmarks and press OK (left softkey).
3. Highlight the bookmark you’d like to access and press
or OK
(left softkey) to go to the Website.
EditingaBookmark
Toeditabookmark:
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to access the
browser menu.
2. Select ViewBookmarks and press OK (left softkey).
3. Select the bookmark you wish to edit and press (right softkey).
4. Select EditAddress or EditTitle and press OK (left softkey).
5. Press Edit (right softkey), use your keypad to edit the address or
title, and press OK (left softkey).
6. To save the bookmark, press OK (left softkey).
Section 3B: PCS Vision
189
DeletingaBookmark
Todeleteabookmark:
1. Access ViewBookmarks menu as outlined on the previous page
in steps 1-2.
2. Highlight the bookmark you wish to erase and press (right
softkey).
3. Select Delete and press OK (left softkey).
4. Press Yes (right softkey).
Tip: To delete all bookmarks, select Delete All during step 3 above.
GoingtoaSpecificWebsite
TogotoaparticularWebsitebyenteringaURL(Websiteaddress):
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to display the
browser menu.
2. Select GotoURL... and press OK (left softkey).
3. Select Address and press OK (left softkey).
4. Press Edit (right softkey), use your keypad to enter the URL of
the Website you wish to go to, and press OK (left softkey).
5. Press OK (left softkey) to go to the Website.
Note: Not all Websites are viewable on your phone.
ReloadingaWebPage
Toreload(refresh)aWebpage:
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to display the
browser menu.
2. Select Refreshthispage and press OK (left softkey).
Section 3B: PCS Vision
190
RestartingtheWebBrowser
If the Web browser appears to be malfunctioning or stops
responding, you can usually fix the problem by simply restarting
the browser.
TorestarttheWebbrowser:
1. FromanactivePCSVisionconnection, press (rightsoftkey)
to display the browser menu.
2. Select More... and press OK (left softkey).
3. Select RestartBrowser and press OK (left softkey).
Section 3B: PCS Vision
191
SM
PCS Business Connection
Using PCS Business Connection
Personal Edition
SM
PCS Business Connection Personal Edition gives you secure,
®
®
®
real-time access to your Microsoft Outlook or Lotus Notes
company email, calendar, business directory, and personal contacts.
You’ll have the features and functions of your Microsoft Outlook and
Lotus Notes so you can view, create, reply to, and delete email;
schedule appointments; and look up phone numbers in real time,
anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.
PCS Business Connection Personal Edition delivers the
following features:
ⅷ
Businessemailaccess. Read, reply to, forward, delete, and
compose your company email.
ⅷ
Companydirectoryandcontacts. Search, view, call, and email
contacts from your company’s directory. Do all this and add/edit
your personal contacts.
ⅷ
Workcalendar. Accept and decline meetings, view daily
summaries and details, and navigate to various dates.
ⅷ
Files/informationonyourPC. Browse folders, download, and
view documents from any device using a PC browser or
Pocket Internet Explorer.
PCS Business Connection Personal Edition requires no hardware
or software installation on your company’s network. Just install the
PCS Business Connection Personal Edition software on your work
PC. This allows data to be securely retrieved in real-time by your
wireless device when connected to the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network. There is a monthly charge for PCS Business
Connection and usage charges will also apply.
When your work PC isn’t on, you can share connections with your co-
workers so that you always have access to your email, calendar, and
contacts. Your data remains secure behind the corporate firewall, and
any changes you make on your wireless device are instantly updated on
your company server without the need to synchronize.
Additional PCS Business Connection solutions are available for your
Section 3B: PCS Vision
192
PCSVision FAQs
HowwillIknowwhenmyphoneisreadyforPCSVisionservice?
When your phone is ready, your User Address will be displayed in
Phone# UserID menu. Go to PhoneInfo > Phone#UserID.
HowdoIsign-inforthefirsttime?
You are automatically signed in to access PCS Vision services when
you turn on your phone.
HowdoIknowwhenmyphoneisconnectedtoPCSVisionservices?
Your phone automatically connects when PCS Vision service is used
or an incoming message arrives. Your phone will also display the
icon. (Connecting takes about 10-12 seconds.)
CanImakecallsandusePCS Visionservicesatthesametime?
You cannot use voice and PCS Vision services simultaneously.
If you receive a call while PCS Vision service is active, the call will be
forwarded to voicemail. You can place an outgoing call anytime, but
it will interrupt any in-progress PCS Vision session.
Whenismydataconnectionactive?
Your connection is active when data is being transferred. Outgoing
calls are allowed; incoming calls go directly to voicemail. When
active, the (Sending) or (Receiving) indicator flashes on your
phone’s display screen.
Whenismydataconnectiondormant?
If no data is received for 10 seconds, the connection goes dormant.
When the connection is dormant, voice calls are allowed. (The
connection may become active again quickly.) If no data is received
for an extended period of time, the connection will terminate.
CanIsignoutofdataservices?
You can sign out without turning off your phone; however, you will
not be able to browse the Web or use other PCS Vision services.
While signed out, you can still place or receive phone calls, check
voicemail, and use other voice services. You may sign in again at any
time. To sign out, go to Settings > PCSVision > DisableVision in your
phone’s menu.
Section 3B: PCS Vision
193
Section 3C
SM
PCS Voice Command
In This Section
SM
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ GettingStartedwithPCSVoiceCommand
CreatingYourOwnAddressBook
MakingaCallwithPCSVoiceCommand
AccessingInformationUsingPCSVoiceCommand
WithSprint, thefirstwirelessprovidertoofferinnovative
PCSVoiceCommandtechnology, reachingyourfriends, family, and
co-workershasneverbeeneasier–especiallywhenyou’reonthego.
You can even listen to Web-based information such as news, stock
quotes, weather, sports, and much more. Your voice does it all
with PCS Voice Command.
This section outlines the PCS Voice Command service.
Section 3C: PCS Voice Command
194
Getting StartedWith PCSVoice Command
With PCS Voice Command:
ⅷ
You can store all your contacts’ phone numbers, so you can
simply say the name of the person you want to call.
ⅷ
There’s no need to punch in a lot of numbers, memorize
voicemail passwords, or try to dial while you’re driving.
ⅷ
You can call anyone in your address book – even if you don’t
remember their phone number.
It’sEasytoGetStarted
ᮣ
Just dial
from your PCS Vision Phone to activate the
service and listen to the brief instructions directly from your
phone. There is a monthly charge for PCS Voice Command.
CreatingYour OwnAddress Book
You can program up to 500 names into your personal address book,
with each name having up to five phone numbers. That’s 2,500
phone numbers, and with the advanced technology of PCS Voice
Command, you can have instant access to all of them.
There are four ways to update your address book:
ⅷ
UseVoiceRecordings. Simply dial
and say, “Add name.”
You will then be asked to say the name and number you want to
add to your personal address book. Your address book can store
up to 20 voice recorded names at once.
ⅷ
ⅷ
functional Web-based address book to create and update
your contacts.
UseanExistingAddressBook. Automatically merge address books
SM
from desktop software applications with Sprint Sync Services for
no additional charge. Simply click on the “Click to synchronize”
button within your PCS Voice Command personal address book
ⅷ
CallDirectoryAssistance. If you don’t have a computer or Internet
access handy, you can have PCS Directory Assistance look up
phone numbers for you and automatically add them to your
address book. Just say “Call operator” and we’ll add two names
and numbers to your address book for our standard directory
assistance charge.
Section 3C: PCS Voice Command
195
Making a CallWith PCSVoice Command
ToplaceacallwithPCSVoiceCommand:
1. Press
and create your address book once you’ve
signed up for PCS Voice Command. (You’ll hear a tone followed
by the prompt “Ready.”)
2. After the “Ready” prompt, simply say, in a natural voice,
“Call” and the name of the person or the number you’d
like to call. (For example, you can say, “Call Jane Smith at work,”
“Call John Baker on the mobile phone,” “Call 555-1234,” or
“Call Bob Miller.”)
3. Your request will be repeated and you will be asked to verify.
Say “Yes” to call the number or person. (The number will
automatically be dialed.) Say “No” if you wish to cancel.
Tip: Keep in mind that PCS Voice Command recognizes not only your voice,
but any voice, so that others can experience the same convenience if they use
your phone.
For more helpful hints on PCS Voice Command, including a list
of recognized commands and an interactive tutorial, visit
Accessing Information Using
PCSVoice Command
ToaccessinformationusingPCSVoiceCommand:
1. Press
.
2. Say “Call the Web.” (To access, listen to and respond to email,
once email has been set up, say “Call My Email.”)
3. Choose from a listing of information categories like news,
weather, sports, and more.
Note: PCS Voice Command is not available while roaming off the
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.
Section 3C: PCS Voice Command
196
Section 4
Safety Guidelines
and
Warranty Information
Section 4A
Safety
In This Section
ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ ࡗ Getting the Most Out of Your Reception
MaintainingSafeUseofandAccesstoYourPhone
CaringfortheBattery
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the FCC Notice
Consumer Information on Wireless Phones
Owner’sRecord
User’s Guide Proprietary Notice
PartofgettingthemostoutofyourPCSVisionPhoneislearninghowthe
phoneworksandhowtocareforit. This section outlines performance
and safety guidelines that help you understand the basic features of
your phone’s operation.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
198
Getting the Most Out ofYour Reception
KeepingTabsonSignalStrength
The quality of each call you make or receive depends on the signal strength in your
area. Your phone informs you of the current signal strength by displaying a number
of bars next to the signal strength icon. The more bars displayed, the stronger the
signal. If you’re inside a building, being near a window may give you better
reception.
Understanding the Power Save Feature
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of searching, a Power Save
feature is automatically activated. If your phone is active, it periodically rechecks
service availability; you can also check it yourself by pressing any key. Anytime the
Power Save feature is activated, a message is displayed on the screen. When a signal
is found, your phone returns to standby mode.
UnderstandingHowYourPhoneOperates
Your phone is basically a radio transmitter and receiver. When it’s turned on, it
receives and transmits radiofrequency (RF) signals. When you use your phone, the
system handling your call controls the power level. This power can range from
0.01µ watts to 0.2 watts in digital mode.
KnowingRadioFrequencySafety
The design of your PCS Vision Phone complies with updated NCRP standards
described below.
In 1991-92, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) joined in updating ANSI’s 1982
standard for safety levels with respect to human exposure to RF signals. More than
120 scientists, engineers and physicians from universities, government health
agencies and industries developed this updated standard after reviewing the
available body of research. In 1993, the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) adopted this updated standard in a regulation. In August 1996, the FCC
adopted hybrid standard consisting of the existing ANSI/IEEE standard and the
guidelines published by the National Council of Radiation Protection and
Measurements (NCRP).
MaintainingYourPhone’sPeakPerformance
There are several simple guidelines to operating your phone properly and
maintaining safe, satisfactory service.
ⅷ
Hold the phone with the antenna raised, fully-extended, and over your shoulder.
ⅷ
Try not to hold, bend, or twist the phone’s antenna.
ⅷ
Don’t use the phone if the antenna is damaged.
ⅷ
Speak directly into the mouthpiece.
ⅷ
Avoid exposing your phone and accessories to rain or liquid spills. If your phone
does get wet, immediately turn the power off and remove the battery. If it’s
inoperable, return it to a Sprint Store or call PCS Customer Solutions for service.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
199
Note:For the best care of your phone, only Sprint authorized personnel should service your
phone and accessories. Faulty service may void the warranty.
Maintaining Safe Use of andAccess to
Your Phone
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE
UsingYourPhoneWhileDriving
Talking on your phone while driving (or operating the phone without a hands-free
device) is prohibited in some jurisdictions. Laws vary as to specific restrictions.
Remember that safety always comes first.
When using your phone in the car:
ⅷ
Get to know your phone and its features, such as speed dial
and redial.
ⅷ
When available, use a hands-free device.
ⅷ
Position your phone within easy reach.
ⅷ
Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving; if necessary, suspend
the call in heavy traffic or hazardous
weather conditions.
ⅷ
Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving.
ⅷ
Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls when stationary or
before pulling into traffic.
ⅷ
Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your
attention from the road.
ⅷ
Dial
to report serious emergencies. It’s free from your
wireless phone.
ⅷ
ⅷ
Use your phone to help others in emergencies.
Call roadside assistance or a special non-emergency wireless number when
necessary.
Tip:Purchase an optional hands-free car kit at your local Sprint Store, or call the PCS Accessory
SM
Hotline at 1-800-974-2221 or by dialing
on your PCS Vision Phone.
FollowingSafetyGuidelines
To operate your phone safely and efficiently, always follow any special regulations
in a given area. Turn your phone off in areas where use is forbidden or when it may
cause interference or danger.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
200
UsingYourPhoneNearOtherElectronicDevices
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radiofrequency (RF) signals.
However, RF signals from wireless phones may affect inadequately shielded
electronic equipment.
RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic
operating systems and/or entertainment systems in motor vehicles. Check with the
manufacturer or their representative to determine if these systems are adequately
shielded from external RF signals. Also check with the manufacturer regarding any
equipment that has been added to your vehicle.
Consult the manufacturer of any personal medical devices, such as pacemakers and
hearing aids, to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF signals.
Note:Always turn off the phone in health care facilities and request permission before using the
phone near medical equipment.
TurningOffYourPhoneBeforeFlying
Turn off your phone before boarding any aircraft. To prevent possible interference
with aircraft systems, the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations
require you to have permission from a crew member to use your phone while the
plane is on the ground. To prevent any risk of interference, FCC regulations
prohibit using your phone while the plane is in the air.
TurningOffYourPhoneinDangerousAreas
To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn your phone off when in a
blasting area or in other areas with signs indicating two-way radios should be
turned off. Construction crews often use remote-control RF devices to set off
explosives.
Turn your phone off when you’re in any area that has a potentially explosive
atmosphere. Although it’s rare, your phone and accessories could generate sparks.
Sparks can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in bodily injury or even death.
These areas are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include:
ⅷ
Fueling areas such as gas stations.
ⅷ
Below deck on boats.
ⅷ
Fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities.
ⅷ
Areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust, or metal
powders.
ⅷ
Any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle’s
engine.
Note:Never transport or store flammable gas, liquid or explosives in the compartment of your
vehicle that contains your phone or accessories.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
201
RestrictingChildren’sAccesstoYourPhone
Your phone is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it as they could hurt
themselves and others, damage the phone or make calls that increase your PCS
Invoice.
Caring for the Battery
ProtectingYourBattery
The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery’s
performance.
ⅷ
Use only Sprint-approved batteries and chargers. These chargers are designed to
maximize battery life. Using other batteries or chargers voids your warranty and
may cause damage.
ⅷ
In order to avoid damage, charge the battery only in temperatures that range
from 32º F to 113º F (0º C to 45º C).
ⅷ
Don’t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas, such
as the bathroom.
ⅷ
Never dispose of the battery by incineration.
ⅷ
Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean.
ⅷ
Don’t attempt to disassemble or short-circuit the battery.
ⅷ
The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of
time.
ⅷ
It’s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable
performance. It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing.
ⅷ
Don’t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time. It’s
best to follow these storage rules:
Less than one month:
4º F to 140º F (-20º C to 60º C)
More than one month:
4º F to 113º F (-20º C to 45º C)
DisposalofLithiumIon(LiIon)Batteries
For safe disposal options of your LiIon batteries, contact your nearest Sprint
authorized service center.
SpecialNote:Be sure to dispose of your battery properly. In some areas, the
disposal of batteries in household or business trash may
be prohibited.
Note:For safety, do not handle a damaged or leaking LiIon battery.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
202
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the
FCC Notice
FCC Notice
This phone may cause TV or radio interference if used in close proximity to
receiving equipment. The FCC can require you to stop using the phone if such
interference cannot be eliminated.
Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (propane or butane) must comply with the
National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this standard, contact
the National Fire Protections Association, One Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA
02269, Attn.: Publication Sales Division.
Cautions
Any changes or modifications to your phone not expressly approved in this
document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to
operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries, antennas and chargers. The
use of any unauthorized accessories may be dangerous and void the phone
warranty if said accessories cause damage or a defect to the phone.
Although your phone is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and can be
broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending or sitting on it.
Body-WornOperation
To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines, if you wear a handset on
your body, use the Sprint supplied or approved carrying case, holster or other
body-worn accessory. If you do not use a body-worn accessory, ensure the antenna
is at least 1.9 cm from your body when transmitting. Use of non-Sprint approved
accessories may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
203
SpecificAbsorptionRates(SAR)forWirelessPhones
The SAR is a value that corresponds to the relative amount of RF energy absorbed in
the head of a user of a wireless handset.
The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing, measuring and
calculation process. It does not represent how much RF the phone emits. All
phone models are tested at their highest value in strict laboratory settings. But
when in operation, the SAR of a phone can be substantially less than the level
reported to the FCC. This is because of a variety of factors including its proximity to
a base station antenna, phone design and other factors. What is important to
remember is that each phone meets strict federal guidelines. Variations in SARs do
not represent a variation in safety.
All phones must meet the federal standard, which incorporates a substantial
margin of safety. As stated above, variations in SAR values between different model
phones do not mean variations in safety. SAR values at or below the federal standard
of 1.6 W/kg are considered safe for use by the public.
The highest reported SAR values of the RL-7300 are:
AMPS/CDMAmodes(Part22):
Head: 1.32 W/kg; Body-worn: 1.08 W/kg
PCSmode(Part24):
Head: 0.973 W/kg; Body-worn: 0.673 W/kg
FCCRadiofrequencyEmission
This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines.
FCC ID number: AEZSCP-73H. More information on the phone’s SAR can be found
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
204
Consumer Information onWireless Phones
(The following information comes from a consumer information Website jointly
sponsored by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC), entitled “Cell Phone Facts: Consumer
Information on Wireless Phones.” The information reproduced herein is dated
July 29, 2003. For further updates, please visit the Website:
Whatisradiofrequencyenergy(RF)?
Radiofrequency (RF) energy is another name for radio waves. It is one form of
electromagnetic energy that makes up the electromagnetic spectrum. Some of
the other forms of energy in the electromagnetic spectrum are gamma rays, x-
rays and light. Electromagnetic energy (or electromagnetic radiation) consists of
waves of electric and magnetic energy moving together (radiating) through
space. The area where these waves are found is called an electromagnetic field.
Radio waves are created due to the movement of electrical charges in antennas.
As they are created, these waves radiate away from the antenna. All
electromagnetic waves travel at the speed of light. The major differences
between the different types of waves are the distances covered by one cycle of
the wave and the number of waves that pass a certain point during a set time
period. The wavelength is the distance covered by one cycle of a wave. The
frequency is the number of waves passing a given point in one second. For any
electromagnetic wave, the wavelength multiplied by the frequency equals the
speed of light. The frequency of an RF signal is usually expressed in units called
hertz (Hz). One Hz equals one wave per second. One kilohertz (kHz) equals one
thousand waves per second, one megahertz (MHz) equals one million waves per
second, and one gigahertz (GHz) equals one billion waves per second.
RF energy includes waves with frequencies ranging from about 3000 waves per
second (3 kHz) to 300 billion waves per second (300 GHz). Microwaves are a
subset of radio waves that have frequencies ranging from around 300 million
waves per second (300 MHz) to three billion waves per second (3 GHz).
Howisradiofrequencyenergyused?
Probably the most important use of RF energy is for telecommunications. Radio
and TV broadcasting, wireless phones, pagers, cordless phones, police and fire
department radios, point-to-point links and satellite communications all rely on
RF energy.
Other uses of RF energy include microwave ovens, radar, industrial heaters and
sealers, and medical treatments. RF energy, especially at microwave
frequencies, can heat water. Since most food has a high water content,
microwaves can cook food quickly. Radar relies on RF energy to track cars and
airplanes as well as for military applications. Industrial heaters and sealers use
RF energy to mold plastic materials, glue wood products, seal leather items such
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
205
as shoes and pocketbooks, and process food. Medical uses of RF energy include
pacemaker monitoring and programming.
Howisradiofrequencyradiationmeasured?
RF waves and RF fields have both electrical and magnetic components. It is
often convenient to express the strength of the RF field in terms of each
component. For example, the unit “volts per meter” (V/m) is used to measure
the electric field strength, and the unit “amperes per meter” (A/m) is used to
express the magnetic field strength. Another common way to characterize an RF
field is by means of the power density. Power density is defined as power per
unit area. For example, power density can be expressed in terms of milliwatts
(one thousandth of a watt) per square centimeter (mW/cm2 or microwatts (one
millionth of a watt) per square centimeter (µW/cm2).
The quantity used to measure how much RF energy is actually absorbed by the
body is called the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR. The SAR is a measure of the
rate of absorption of RF energy. It is usually expressed in units of watts per
kilogram (W/kg) or milliwatts per gram (mW/g).
WhatbiologicaleffectscanbecausedbyRFenergy?
The biological effects of radiofrequency energy should not be confused with the
effects from other types of electromagnetic energy.
Very high levels of electromagnetic energy, such as is found in X-rays and gamma
rays can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a process where electrons are
stripped away from their normal locations in atoms and molecules. It can
permanently damage biological tissues including DNA, the genetic material.
Ionization only occurs with very high levels of electromagnetic energy such as
X-rays and gamma rays. Often the term radiation is used when discussing
ionizing radiation (such as that associated with nuclear power plants).
The energy levels associated with radiofrequency energy, including both radio
waves and microwaves, are not great enough to cause the ionization of atoms
and molecules. Therefore, RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation. Other
types of non-ionizing radiation include visible light, infrared radiation (heat) and
other forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively low frequencies.
Large amounts of RF energy can heat tissue. This can damage tissues and
increase body temperatures. Two areas of the body, the eyes and the testes, are
particularly vulnerable to RF heating because there is relatively little blood flow
in them to carry away excess heat.
The amount of RF radiation routinely encountered by the general public is too
low to produce significant heating or increased body temperature. Still, some
people have questions about the possible health effects of low levels of RF
energy. It is generally agreed that further research is needed to determine what
effects actually occur and whether they are dangerous to people. In the
meantime, standards-setting organizations and government agencies are
continuing to monitor the latest scientific findings to determine whether
changes in safety limits are needed to protect human health.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
206
FDA, EPA and other US government agencies responsible for public health and
safety have worked together and in connection with WHO to monitor
developments and identify research needs related to RF biological effects.
WhatlevelsofRFenergyareconsideredsafe?
Various organizations and countries have developed standards for exposure to
radiofrequency energy. These standards recommend safe levels of exposure for
both the general public and for workers. In the United States, the FCC has used
safety guidelines for RF environmental exposure since 1985.
The FCC guidelines for human exposure to RF electromagnetic fields are
derived from the recommendations of two expert organizations, the National
Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) and the Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). In both cases, the recommendations
were developed by scientific and engineering experts drawn from industry,
government, and academia after extensive reviews of the scientific literature
related to the biological effects of RF energy.
Many countries in Europe and elsewhere use exposure guidelines developed by
the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP).
The ICNIRP safety limits are generally similar to those of the NCRP and IEEE,
with a few exceptions. For example, ICNIRP recommends different exposure
levels in the lower and upper frequency ranges and for localized exposure from
certain products such as hand-held wireless telephones. Currently, the World
Health Organization is working to provide a framework for international
harmonization of RF safety standards.
The NCRP, IEEE, and ICNIRP all have identified a whole-body Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) value of 4 watts per kilogram (4 W/kg) as a threshold
level of exposure at which harmful biological effects may occur. Exposure
guidelines in terms of field strength, power density and localized SAR were then
derived from this threshold value. In addition, the NCRP, IEEE, and ICNIRP
guidelines vary depending on the frequency of the RF exposure. This is due to
the finding that whole-body human absorption of RF energy varies with the
frequency of the RF signal. The most restrictive limits on whole-body exposure
are in the frequency range of 30-300 MHz where the human body absorbs RF
energy most efficiently. For products that only expose part of the body, such as
wireless phones, exposure limits in terms of SAR only are specified.
The exposure limits used by the FCC are expressed in terms of SAR, electric and
magnetic field strength, and power density for transmitters operating at
frequencies from 300 kHz to 100 GHz. The specific values can be found in two
FCC bulletins, OET Bulletins 56 and 65:
WhyhastheFCCadoptedguidelinesforRFexposure?
The FCC authorizes and licenses products, transmitters, and facilities that
generate RF and microwave radiation. It has jurisdiction over all transmitting
services in the U.S. except those specifically operated by the Federal
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
207
Government. While the FCC does not have the expertise to determine radiation
exposure guidelines on its own, it does have the expertise and authority to
recognize and adopt technically sound standards promulgated by other expert
agencies and organizations, and has done so . (Our joint efforts with the FDA in
developing this website is illustrative of the kind of inter-agency efforts and
consultation we engage in regarding this health and safety issue.)
Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), the FCC has
certain responsibilities to consider whether its actions will significantly affect
the quality of the human environment. Therefore, FCC approval and licensing of
transmitters and facilities must be evaluated for significant impact on the
environment. Human exposure to RF radiation emitted by FCC-regulated
transmitters is one of several factors that must be considered in such
environmental evaluations. In 1996, the FCC revised its guidelines for RF
exposure as a result of a multi-year proceeding and as required by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996.
Radio and television broadcast stations, satellite-earth stations, experimental
radio stations and certain wireless communication facilities are required to
undergo routine evaluation for RF compliance when they submit an application
to the FCC for construction or modification of a transmitting facility or renewal
of a license. Failure to comply with the FCC’s RF exposure guidelines could lead
to the preparation of a formal Environmental Assessment, possible
Environmental Impact Statement and eventual rejection of an application.
Technical guidelines for evaluating compliance with the FCC RF safety
requirements can be found in the FCC’s OET Bulletin 65.
Low-powered, intermittent, or inaccessible RF transmitters and facilities are
normally excluded from the requirement for routine evaluation for RF exposure.
These exclusions are based on standard calculations and measurement data
indicating that a transmitting station or equipment operating under the
conditions prescribed is unlikely to cause exposures in excess of the guidelines
under normal conditions of use. Such exclusions are not exclusions from
compliance, but, rather, exclusions from routine evaluation. The FCC’s policies
on RF exposure and categorical exclusion can be found in Section 1.1307(b) of
the FCC’s Rules and Regulations [(47 CFR 1.1307(b)].
HowcanIobtaintheSpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR)valueformy
wirelessphone?
The FCC requires that wireless phones sold in the United States demonstrate
compliance with human exposure limits adopted by the FCC in 1996. The
relative amount of RF energy absorbed in the head of a wireless telephone-user
is given by the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), as explained above. The FCC
requires wireless phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram
(1.6 W/kg) in terms of SAR.
Information on SAR for a specific phone model can be obtained for many
recently manufactured phones using the FCC identification (ID) number for that
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
208
model. The FCC ID number is usually printed somewhere on the case of the
phone. Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the battery pack to find the
number. Once you have the ID number, go to the following Web address:
www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid. On this page, you will see instructions for entering the
FCC ID number. Type the FCC ID number exactly as requested (the Grantee
Code is the first three characters, the Equipment Product Code is the rest of the
FCC ID number). Then click on “Start Search.” The “Grant of Equipment
Authorization” for your telephone should appear. Read through the grant for the
section on “SAR Compliance,” “Certification of Compliance with FCC Rules for
RF Exposure” or similar language. This section should contain the value(s) for
typical or maximum SAR for your phone.
Phones and other products authorized since June 2, 2000, should have the
maximum SAR levels noted directly on the “Grant of Equipment Authorization.”
For phones and products authorized between about mid-1998 and June 2000,
detailed information on SAR levels is typically found in the exhibits associated
with the grant. Once a grant is accessed, the exhibits can be viewed by clicking
on “View Exhibit.” Grants authorized prior to 1998 are not part of the electronic
database but, rather, have been documented in the form of paper records.
The FCC database does not list phones by model number. However, consumers
may find SAR information from other sources as well. Some wireless phone
manufacturers make SAR information available on their own Web sites. In
addition, some non-government Web sites provide SARs for specific models of
wireless phones. However, the FCC has not reviewed these sites and makes no
guarantees of their accuracy. Finally, phones certified by the Cellular
Telecommunications and Internet Association (CTIA) are required to provide
SAR information to consumers in the instructional materials that come with
the phones.
Dohands-freekitsforwirelessphonesreducerisksfromexposuretoRF
emissions?
Since there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from wireless
phones, there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-
free kits can be used with wireless phones for convenience and comfort. These
systems reduce the absorption of RF energy in the head because the phone,
which is the source of the RF emissions, will not be placed against the head. On
the other hand, if the phone is mounted against the waist or other part of the
body during use, then that part of the body will absorb more RF energy. Wireless
phones marketed in the U.S. are required to meet safety requirements regardless
of whether they are used against the head or against the body. Either
configuration should result in compliance with the safety limit.
DowirelessphoneaccessoriesthatclaimtoshieldtheheadfromRF
radiationwork?
Since there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from wireless
phones, there is no reason to believe that accessories that claim to shield the
head from those emissions reduce risks. Some products that claim to shield the
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
209
user from RF absorption use special phone cases, while others involve nothing
more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone. Studies have shown that
these products generally do not work as advertised. Unlike “hand-free” kits,
these so-called “shields” may interfere with proper operation of the phone. The
phone may be forced to boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase in
RF absorption. In February 2002, the Federal trade Commission (FTC) charged
two companies that sold devices that claimed to protect wireless phone users
from radiation with making false and unsubstantiated claims. According to FTC,
these defendants lacked a reasonable basis to substantiate their claim.
Whatarewirelesstelephonebasestations?
Fixed antennas used for wireless telecommunications are referred to as cellular
base stations, cell stations, PCS (“Personal Communications Service”) stations or
telephone transmission towers. These base stations consist of antennas and
electronic equipment. Because the antennas need to be high in the air, they are
often located on towers, poles, water tanks, or rooftops. Typical heights for
freestanding base station towers are 50-200 feet.
Some base stations use antennas that look like poles, 10 to 15 feet in length, that
are referred to as “omni-directional” antennas. These types of antennas are
usually found in rural areas. In urban and suburban areas, wireless providers
now more commonly use panel or sector antennas for their base stations. These
antennas consist of rectangular panels, about 1 by 4 feet in dimension. The
antennas are usually arranged in three groups of three antennas each. One
antenna in each group is used to transmit signals to wireless phones, and the
other two antennas in each group are used to receive signals from wireless
phones.
At any base station site, the amount of RF energy produced depends on the
number of radio channels (transmitters) per antenna and the power of each
transmitter. Typically, 21 channels per antenna sector are available. For a typical
cell site using sector antennas, each of the three transmitting antennas could be
connected to up to 21 transmitters for a total of 63 transmitters. However, it is
unlikely that all of the transmitters would be transmitting at the same time.
When omni-directional antennas are used, a cellular base station could
theoretically use up to 96 transmitters, but this would be very unusual, and,
once again, it is unlikely that all transmitters would be in operation
simultaneously. Base stations used for PCS communications generally require
fewer transmitters than those used for cellular radio transmissions, since PCS
carriers usually have a higher density of base station antenna sites.
Arewirelesstelephonebasestationssafe?
The electromagnetic RF signals transmitted from base station antennas stations
travel toward the horizon in relatively narrow paths. For example, the radiation
pattern for an antenna array mounted on a tower can be likened to a thin
pancake centered around the antenna system. The individual pattern for a single
array of sector antennas is wedge-shaped, like a piece of pie. As with all forms of
electromagnetic energy, the power decreases rapidly as one moves away from
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
210
the antenna. Therefore, RF exposure on the ground is much less than exposure
very close to the antenna and in the path of the transmitted radio signal. In fact,
ground-level exposure from such antennas is typically thousands of times less
than the exposure levels recommended as safe by expert organizations. So
exposure to nearby residents would be well within safety margins.
Cellular and PCS base stations in the United States are required to comply with
limits for exposure recommended by expert organizations and endorsed by
government agencies responsible for health and safety. Measurements made
near cellular and PCS base station antennas mounted on towers have confirmed
that ground-level exposures are typically thousands of times less than the
exposure limits adopted by the FCC. In fact, in order to be exposed to levels at or
near the FCC limits for cellular or PCS frequencies an individual would
essentially have to remain in the main transmitted radio signal (at the height of
the antenna) and within a few feet from the antenna. This is, of course, very
unlikely to occur.
When cellular and PCS antennas are mounted on rooftops, RF levels on that roof
or on others near by would probably be greater than those typically
encountered on the ground. However, exposure levels approaching or
exceeding safety guidelines should be encountered only very close to or directly
in front of the antennas. In addition, for sector-type antennas, typically used for
such rooftop base stations, RF levels to the side and in back of these antennas are
insignificant. General guidelines on antenna installations and circumstances
that might give rise to a concern about an facility’s conformance with FCC
regulations can be found in A Local Government Official’s Guide to
TransmittingAntenna RF Emission Safety:Rules, Procedures, and Practical
Whoregulatesexposuretoradiationfrommicrowaveovens, televisionsets
andcomputermonitors?
The Food and Drug Administration is responsible for protecting the public from
harmful radiation emissions from these consumer products.
DoestheFCCroutinelymonitorradiofrequencyradiationfromantennas?
The FCC does not have the resources or the personnel to routinely monitor the
emissions for all the thousands of transmitters that are subject to FCC
jurisdiction. However, the FCC does have measurement instrumentation for
evaluating RF levels in areas that may be accessible to the public or to workers. If
there is evidence for potential non-compliance with FCC exposure guidelines
for a FCC-regulated facility, staff from the FCC’s Office of Engineering and
Technology or the FCC Enforcement Bureau can conduct and investigation, and,
if appropriate, perform actual measurements. Circumstances that could give
rise to a concern about an facility’s conformance with FCC regulations can be
found in in A Local Government Official’s Guide toTransmittingAntenna RF
Emission Safety:Rules, Procedures, and Practical Guidance. This Guide can be
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
211
be brought to the FCC’s attention by contacting the FCC RF Safety Program at:
DoestheFCCmaintainadatabasethatincludesinformationonthelocation
andtechnicalparametersofallthetransmittingtowersitregulates?
Each of the FCC Bureaus maintains its own licensing database system for the
service(s) it regulates (e.g., television, cellular service, satellite earth stations.)
The FCC issues two types of licenses: site specific and market based. In the case
of site specific licensed facilities, technical operating information is collected
from the licensee as part of the licensing process. However, in the case of
market based licensing (e.g., PCS, cellular), the licensee is granted the authority
to operate a radio communications system in a geographic area using as many
facilities as are required, and the licensee is not required to provide the FCC with
specific location and operating parameters of these facilities.
Information on site specific licensed facilities can be found the “General Menu
The various FCC Bureaus also publish on at least a weekly basis, bulk extracts of
their licensing databases. Each licensing database has its own unique file
structure. These extracts consist of multiple, very large files. The FCC’s Office of
Engineering and Technology (OET) maintains an index to these databases at
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/database/fadb.html. Entry points into the various
databases include frequency, state/county, latitude/longitude, call-sign and
licensee name. For further information on the Commission’s existing databases,
Canlocalandstategovernmentalbodiesestablishlimitsfor
RFexposure?
Although some local and state governments have enacted rules and regulations
about human exposure to RF energy in the past, the Telecommunications Act of
1996 requires the Federal Government to control human exposure to RF
emissions. In particular, Section 704 of the Act states that, “No State or local
government or instrumentality thereof may regulate the placement,
construction, and modification of personal wireless service facilities on the
basis of the environmental effects of radio frequency emissions to the extent
that such facilities comply with the Commission’s regulations concerning such
emissions.” Further information on federal authority and FCC policy is available
in a fact sheet from the FCC’s Wireless Telecommunications Bureau at
Dowirelessphonesposeahealthhazard?
The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are
associated with using wireless phones. There is no proof, however, that wireless
phones are absolutely safe. Wireless phones emit low levels of radiofrequency
energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. They also emit very low
levels of RF when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce
health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
212
produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies
of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies
have suggested that some biological effects may occur, but such findings have
not been confirmed by additional research. In some cases, other researchers
have had difficulty in reproducing those studies, or in determining the reasons
for inconsistent results.
WhatisFDA’sroleconcerningthesafetyofwirelessphones?
Under the law, FDA does not review the safety of radiation-emitting consumer
products such as wireless phones before they can be sold, as it does with new
drugs or medical devices. However, the agency has authority to take action if
wireless phones are shown to emit radiofrequency energy (RF) at a level that is
hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of
wireless phones to notify users of the health hazard and to repair, replace or
recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists.
Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, FDA
has urged the wireless phone industry to take a number of steps, including the
following:
Ⅲ
Support needed research into possible biological effects of RF of the
type emitted by wireless phones;
Ⅲ
Design wireless phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the
user that is not necessary for device function; and
Ⅲ
Cooperate in providing users of wireless phones with the best possible
information on possible effects of wireless phone use on human health
FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have
responsibility for different aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at
the federal level. The following agencies belong to this working group:
Ⅲ
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Ⅲ
Environmental Protection Agency
Ⅲ
Federal Communications Commission
Ⅲ
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Ⅲ
National Telecommunications and Information Administration
The National Institutes of Health participates in some interagency working
group activities, as well.
FDA shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless phones with the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC). All phones that are sold in the United
States must comply with FCC safety guidelines that limit RF exposure. FCC relies
on FDA and other health agencies for safety questions about wireless phones.
FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless phone networks rely upon.
While these base stations operate at higher power than do the wireless phones
themselves, the RF exposures that people get from these base stations are
typically thousands of times lower than those they can get from wireless
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
213
phones. Base stations are thus not the primary subject of the safety questions
discussed in this document.
Whatkindsofphonesarethesubjectofthisupdate?
The term “wireless phone” refers here to hand-held wireless phones with built-
in antennas, often called “cell,” “mobile,” or “PCS” phones. These types of
wireless phones can expose the user to measurable radiofrequency energy (RF)
because of the short distance between the phone and the user’s head. These RF
exposures are limited by Federal Communications Commission safety
guidelines that were developed with the advice of FDA and other federal health
and safety agencies. When the phone is located at greater distances from the
user, the exposure to RF is drastically lower because a person’s RF exposure
decreases rapidly with increasing distance from the source. The so-called
“cordless phones,” which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in
a house, typically operate at far lower power levels, and thus produce RF
exposures well within the FCC’s compliance limits.
Whataretheresultsoftheresearchdonealready?
The research done thus far has produced conflicting results, and many studies
have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments
investigating the effects of radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures characteristic
of wireless phones have yielded conflicting results that often cannot be
repeated in other laboratories. A few animal studies, however, have suggested
that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of cancer in laboratory
animals. However, many of the studies that showed increased tumor
development used animals that had been genetically engineered or treated with
cancer-causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to develop cancer in the
absence of RF exposure. Other studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22
hours per day. These conditions are not similar to the conditions under which
people use wireless phones, so we don’t know with certainty what the results of
such studies mean for human health.
Three large epidemiology studies have been published since December 2000.
Between them, the studies investigated any possible association between the
use of wireless phones and primary brain cancer, glioma, meningioma, or
acoustic neuroma, tumors of the brain or salivary gland, leukemia, or other
cancers. None of the studies demonstrated the existence of any harmful health
effects from wireless phone RF exposures. However, none of the studies can
answer questions about long-term exposures, since the average period of phone
use in these studies was around three years.
WhatresearchisneededtodecidewhetherRFexposurefromwireless
phonesposesahealthrisk?
A combination of laboratory studies and epidemiological studies of people
actually using wireless phones would provide some of the data that are needed.
Lifetime animal exposure studies could be completed in a few years. However,
very large numbers of animals would be needed to provide reliable proof of a
cancer promoting effect if one exists. Epidemiological studies can provide data
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
214
that is directly applicable to human populations, but 10 or more years’ follow-up
may be needed to provide answers about some health effects, such as cancer.
This is because the interval between the time of exposure to a cancer-causing
agent and the time tumors develop - if they do - may be many, many years. The
interpretation of epidemiological studies is hampered by difficulties in
measuring actual RF exposure during day-to-day use of wireless phones. Many
factors affect this measurement, such as the angle at which the phone is held, or
which model of phone is used.
WhatisFDAdoingtofindoutmoreaboutthepossiblehealtheffectsof
wirelessphoneRF?
FDA is working with the U.S. National Toxicology Program and with groups of
investigators around the world to ensure that high priority animal studies are
conducted to address important questions about the effects of exposure to
radiofrequency energy (RF).
FDA has been a leading participant in the World Health Organization
International Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) Project since its inception in 1996.
An influential result of this work has been the development of a detailed agenda
of research needs that has driven the establishment of new research programs
around the world. The Project has also helped develop a series of public
information documents on EMF issues.
FDA and the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) have a
formal Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to do
research on wireless phone safety. FDA provides the scientific oversight,
obtaining input from experts in government, industry, and academic
organizations. CTIA-funded research is conducted through contracts to
independent investigators. The initial research will include both laboratory
studies and studies of wireless phone users. The CRADA will also include a
broad assessment of additional research needs in the context of the latest
research developments around the world.
WhatstepscanItaketoreducemyexposuretoradiofrequencyenergyfrom
mywirelessphone?
If there is a risk from these products--and at this point we do not know that there
is--it is probably very small. But if you are concerned about avoiding even
potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your exposure to
radiofrequency energy (RF). Since time is a key factor in how much exposure a
person receives, reducing the amount of time spent using a wireless phone will
reduce RF exposure.
Ⅲ
If you must conduct extended conversations by wireless phone every day,
you could place more distance between your body and the source of the
RF, since the exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. For
example, you could use a headset and carry the wireless phone away from
your body or use a wireless phone connected to a remote antenna.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
215
Again, the scientific data do not demonstrate that wireless phones are harmful.
But if you are concerned about the RF exposure from these products, you can
use measures like those described above to reduce your RF exposure from
wireless phone use.
Whataboutchildrenusingwirelessphones?
The scientific evidence does not show a danger to users of wireless phones,
including children and teenagers. If you want to take steps to lower exposure to
radiofrequency energy (RF), the measures described above would apply to
children and teenagers using wireless phones. Reducing the time of wireless
phone use and increasing the distance between the user and the RF source will
reduce RF exposure.
Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that
children be discouraged from using wireless phones at all. For example, the
government in the United Kingdom distributed leaflets containing such a
recommendation in December 2000. They noted that no evidence exists that
using a wireless phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their
recommendation to limit wireless phone use by children was strictly
precautionary; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard
exists.
Whataboutwirelessphoneinterferencewithmedicalequipment?
Radiofrequency energy (RF) from wireless phones can interact with some
electronic devices. For this reason, FDA helped develop a detailed test method
to measure electromagnetic interference (EMI) of implanted cardiac
pacemakers and defibrillators from wireless telephones. This test method is
now part of a standard sponsored by the Association for the Advancement of
Medical instrumentation (AAMI). The final draft, a joint effort by FDA, medical
device manufacturers, and many other groups, was completed in late 2000. This
standard will allow manufacturers to ensure that cardiac pacemakers and
defibrillators are safe from wireless phone EMI.
FDA has tested hearing aids for interference from handheld wireless phones and
helped develop a voluntary standard sponsored by the Institute of Electrical and
Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standard specifies test methods and
performance requirements for hearing aids and wireless phones so that that no
interference occurs when a person uses a “compatible” phone and a
“compatible” hearing aid at the same time. This standard was approved by the
IEEE in 2000.
FDA continues to monitor the use of wireless phones for possible interactions
with other medical devices. Should harmful interference be found to occur, FDA
will conduct testing to assess the interference and work to resolve the problem.
WhichotherfederalagencieshaveresponsibilitiesrelatedtopotentialRF
healtheffects?
Certain agencies in the Federal Government have been involved in monitoring,
researching or regulating issues related to human exposure to RF radiation.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
216
These agencies include the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH), the National Telecommunications and Information
Administration (NTIA) and the Department of Defense (DOD).
By authority of the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968, the
Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the FDA develops
performance standards for the emission of radiation from electronic products
including X-ray equipment, other medical devices, television sets, microwave
ovens, laser products and sunlamps. The CDRH established a product
performance standard for microwave ovens in 1971 limiting the amount of RF
leakage from ovens. However, the CDRH has not adopted performance
standards for other RF-emitting products. The FDA is, however, the lead federal
health agency in monitoring the latest research developments and advising
other agencies with respect to the safety of RF-emitting products used by the
public, such as cellular and PCS phones.
The FDA’s microwave oven standard is an emission standard (as opposed to an
exposure standard) that allows specific levels of microwave leakage (measured
at five centimeters from the oven surface). The standard also requires ovens to
have two independent interlock systems that prevent the oven from generating
microwaves the moment that the latch is released or the door of the oven is
opened. The FDA has stated that ovens that meet its standards and are used
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations are safe for consumer and
The EPA has, in the past, considered developing federal guidelines for public
exposure to RF radiation. However, EPA activities related to RF safety and health
are presently limited to advisory functions. For example, the EPA now chairs an
Inter-agency Radiofrequency Working Group, which coordinates RF health-
related activities among the various federal agencies with health or regulatory
responsibilities in this area.
OSHA is responsible for protecting workers from exposure to hazardous
chemical and physical agents. In 1971, OSHA issued a protection guide for
exposure of workers to RF radiation [29 CFR 1910.97]. However, this guide was
later ruled to be only advisory and not mandatory. Moreover, it was based on an
earlier RF exposure standard that has now been revised. At the present time,
OSHA uses the IEEE and/or FCC exposure guidelines for enforcement purposes
under OSHA’s “general duty clause” (for more information see:http://www.osha-
slc.gov/SLTC/radiofrequencyradiation/index.html.
NIOSH is part of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. It conducts
research and investigations into issues related to occupational exposure to
chemical and physical agents. NIOSH has, in the past, undertaken to develop RF
exposure guidelines for workers, but final guidelines were never adopted by the
agency. NIOSH conducts safety-related RF studies through its Physical Agents
Effects Branch in Cincinnati,Ohio.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
217
The NTIA is an agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce and is responsible
for authorizing Federal Government use of the RF electromagnetic spectrum.
Like the FCC, the NTIA also has NEPA responsibilities and has considered
adopting guidelines for evaluating RF exposure from U.S. Government
transmitters such as radar and military facilities.
The Department of Defense (DOD) has conducted research on the biological
effects of RF energy for a number of years. This research is now conducted
primarily at the U.S. Air Force Research Laboratory located at Brooks Air Force
Base, Texas. The DOD Web site for RF biological effects information is listed
with other sites in conjunction with a question on other sources of information,
below.
Whofundsandcarriesoutresearchonthebiologicaleffectsof
RFenergy?
Research into possible biological effects of RF energy is carried out in
laboratories in the United States and around the world. In the U.S., most
research has been funded by the Department of Defense, due to the extensive
military use of RF equipment such as radar and high-powered radio transmitters.
In addition, some federal agencies responsible for health and safety, such as the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration (FDA), have sponsored and conducted research in this area. At
the present time, most of the non-military research on biological effects of RF
energy in the U.S. is being funded by industry organizations. More research is
being carried out overseas, particularly in Europe.
In 1996, the World Health Organization (WHO) established the International
EMF Project to review the scientific literature and work towards resolution of
health concerns over the use of RF technology. WHO maintains a Web site that
provides extensive information on this project and about RF biological effects
FDA, EPA and other US government agencies responsible for public health and
safety have worked together and in connection with WHO to monitor
developments and identify research needs related to RF biological effects.
HowdoesFCCAuditCellPhoneRF?
After FCC grants permission for a particular cellular telephone to be marketed,
FCC will occasionally conduct “post-grant” testing to determine whether
production versions of the phone are being produced to conform with FCC
regulatory requirements. The manufacturer of a cell phone that does not meet
FCC’s regulatory requirements may be required to remove the cell phone from
use and to refund the purchase price or provide a replacement phone, and may
be subject to civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if the cell phone presents a
risk of injury to the user, FDA may also take regulatory action. The most
important post-grant test, from a consumer’s perspective, is testing of the RF
emissions of the phone. FCC measures the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of the
phone, following a very rigorous testing protocol. As is true for nearly any
scientific measurement, there is a possibility that the test measurement may be
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
218
less than or greater than the actual RF emitted by the phone. This difference
between the RF test measurement and actual RF emission is because test
measurements are limited by instrument accuracy, because test measurement
and actual use environments are different, and other variable factors. This
inherent variability is known as “measurement uncertainty.” When FCC
conducts post-grant testing of a cell phone, FCC takes into account any
measurement uncertainty to when determining whether regulatory action is
appropriate. This approach ensures that when FCC takes regulatory action, it
will have a sound, defensible scientific basis.
FDA scientific staff reviewed the methodology used by FCC to measure cell
phone RF, and agreed it is an acceptable approach, given our current
understanding of the risks presented by cellular phone RF emissions. RF
emissions from cellular phones have not been shown to present a risk of injury
to the user when the measured SAR is less than the safety limits set by FCC (an
SAR of 1.6 w/kg). Even in a case where the maximum measurement uncertainty
permitted by current measurement standards was added to the maximum
permissible SAR, the resulting SAR value would be well below any level known
to produce an acute effect. Consequently, FCC’s approach with measurement
uncertainty will not result in consumers being exposed to any known risk from
the RF emitted by cellular telephones.
FDA will continue to monitor studies and literature reports concerning acute
effects of cell phone RF, and concerning chronic effects of long-term exposure
to cellular telephone RF (that is, the risks from using a cell phone for many
years). If new information leads FDA to believe that a change to FCC’s
measurement policy may be appropriate, FDA will contact FCC and both
agencies will work together to develop a mutually-acceptable approach.
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
219
Owner’s Record
The model number, regulatory number and serial number are located on a
nameplate inside the battery compartment. Record the serial number in the space
provided below. This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in
the future.
Model: PCS Vision Ready Link Phone RL-7300
Serial No.:
User’s Guide Proprietary Notice
CDMA Technology is licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of
the following patents:
4,901,307 5,109,390 5,267,262 5,416,797
5,506,865 5,544,196 5,657,420 5,101,501
5,267,261 5,414,796 5,504,773 5,535,239
5,600,754 5,778,338 5,228,054 5,337,338
5,710,784 5,056,109 5,568,483 5,659,569
5,490,165 5,511,073
T9 Text Input is licensed by Tegic Communications and is covered by U.S. Pat.
5,818,437, U.S. Pat. 5,953,541, U.S. Pat. 6,011,554 and other patents pending.
User’s Guide template version 3D (09-01-03)
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines
220
Section 4B
Terms & Conditions and
Manufacturer’s Warranty
In This Section
ࡗ TermsandConditions
ࡗ Manufacturer’sWarranty
YourPCSVisionPhonehasbeendesignedtoprovideyouwithreliable,
worry-freeservice. If for any reason you have a problem with your
equipment, please refer to the manufacturer’s warranty.
This section contains the Terms and Conditions of Service for
your PCS Phone and Service and the manufacturer’s warranty for
your PCS Phone.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
221
Terms and Conditions
TermsandConditionsofServices
(Effective as of November 24, 2003 until replaced)
Thanks for choosing Sprint. These terms and conditions are part of your agreement
with Sprint for PCS Services.
The terms and conditions included with your PCS Phone may not be the most
current version. For the most current version of the terms and conditions, please
1-888-211-4PCS. If you activated PCS Services before the effective date of these
terms and conditions, these terms and conditions replace and supersede any
previous terms and conditions.
If you have questions about your PCS Services, please visit our website at
www.sprintpcs.com or call PCS Customer Service Solutions at
1-888-211-4PCS (4727).
Para solicitar esta literatura en español, por favor contactar a
1-888-211-4PCS(4727).
Agreement. Your agreement (“Agreement”) with Sprint Spectrum L.P. and any of its
affiliates doing business as Sprint providing PCS Services (“Services”) to you is made
up of these Terms and Conditions of Service (“Terms”) and the Service Plan that we
agree to provide you. Your “Service Plan” is described in our marketing materials,
and includes the terms, rates and features we set for that Service Plan. In the
agreement, we use the words “we,” “us,” “our” or “Sprint” to refer to Sprint
Spectrum L.P. and its affiliates doing business as Sprint. You accept the agreement
when you activate PCS Services or make any attempt to use our PCS Services (for
example, attempting to place any call while on or roaming off the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network, using data services, etc.). We may change the Agreement at any time
by giving you prior notice. Any changes to the Agreement are effective when we
publish them. If you use our Services or make any payment to us on or after the
effective date of the changes, you accept the changes. If we change a material term
of the Agreement and that change has a material adverse effect on you, you may
terminate the Agreement without an early termination fee by calling 1-888-211-4727
within 30 days after the invoice date of the first invoice your receive after the
changes go into effect. You understand and agree that taxes, Universal Service fees
and other charges imposed by the government or based on government calculations
may increase or decrease on a monthly basis, and that this paragraph does not apply
to any increases in such taxes, Universal Service fees and other charges.
ProvisionofService. Your purchase of a PCS Phone or other equipment does not
mean that we must provide Services to you. We may decide not to provide Services to
you for any lawful reason. We may request that you provide us with any information
we reasonably require to determine whether you qualify for Services. Services in
some areas are managed and provided under contract with Sprint by independent
affiliates with access to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. Some Services may not
be available or may operate differently in certain affiliate markets or other areas.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
222
CreditVerification. You must have and maintain satisfactory credit to receive and
continue to receive Services. We will verify your credit before agreeing to provide
Services to you and we may verify your credit at any time while we provide Services
to you. Credit verification may include a review of credit reports that we receive from
credit bureaus. If at any time we determine, in our sole discretion, that payment for
Services may not be made when due, we may suspend Services and require that you
provide payment on account or a guarantee of payment before we resume Services.
ServicePlan. You may be eligible for a fixed length PCS Service Plan (“Term Service
Plan”) or for a month-to-month Service Plan (“Non-Term Service Plan”). We
determine the Service Plan for which you qualify. Except as permitted by the
Agreement, you must maintain service with us on your Term Service Plan for the
minimum term associated with that Term Service Plan. We may offer non-identical
Service Plans to different individuals or entities. Services and coverage under some
Service Plans may be more limited than available under other Service Plans. Your
Service Plan sets out the charges for Services and is your Service Plan until that
Service Plan is changed, you switch to a different Service Plan, or your Services
terminate. Based on your credit rating or other factors, we may require that you
make a deposit, prepayment, or a series of deposits or prepayments, or be subject
to an account spending limit, before Services are activated or maintained.
ChangingServicePlans. If you are on a Non-Term Service Plan, you may change to a
different Service Plan for which you qualify. Any change is effective at the start of
your next full invoicing cycle unless otherwise specified by us at the time that you
place your change order. If you change or add a different Service Plan or service
feature and the change is effective prior to the start of your next full invoicing
cycle, you will be invoiced a prorated amount. We may require a service charge for
implementing any change directed by you in addition to the charges associated
with the Service Plan or optional service features you select. If you are on a Term
Service Plan and you want to change your service plan, you may be required to
accept a new Term Service Plan and we may require you to pay the early
termination fee set out in your Service Plan or other fee.
Termination. Non-TermServicePlan. If you are on a Non-Term Service Plan, you may
terminate Services at any time by giving us notice. Subject to the terms of this
Agreement, we may terminate Services at any time, with or without notice. If your
Service has been suspended due to non-payment, you may be charged a reactivation
fee. We may deactivate any Number before you receive notice of termination
without liability to you. Termination by either of us may be with or without cause.
Termination. TermServicePlan. EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY THE AGREEMENT, IF
YOU TERMINATE YOUR TERM SERVICE PLAN BEFORE THE END OF THE TERM,
OR IF WE TERMINATE SERVICES FOR CAUSE BEFORE THE END OF THE TERM,
YOU WILL BE REQUIRED TO PAY THE EARLY TERMINATION FEE ASSOCIATED
WITH YOUR TERM SERVICE PLAN. No early termination fee is charged if you
terminate a Term Service Plan in accordance with the return policy associated with
your Term Service Plan. After the expiration of the term, the Terms relating to Non-
Term Service Plans apply.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
223
Termination. General. Regardless of whether you have a Non-Term or a Term
Service Plan, we may terminate or suspend Services to you without liability if: (1)
you breach any provision of this Agreement (including if you fail to pay any charges
for Services); or (2) you fail to pay any charges due us for equipment or otherwise.
If Services are terminated before the end of your current invoicing cycle, we will
not prorate the monthly recurring charge to the date of termination, and you will
not receive a credit or refund for any unused minutes in your Service Plan.
UseofServicesandEquipment;Availability. You must be at least 18 years old to
subscribe to our Services. We may require you to provide proof of your age and
identity. If you are under 18 years old you may be eligible for certain Services that
have Account Spending Limits if a person 18 years or older is also named as a
subscriber on the Account. Your PCS Phone will not accept the services of any
wireless provider other than Sprint (but see Roaming). Services and equipment may
not be used for any unlawful, fraudulent or abusive purpose. By requesting Services,
you agree that you will not use Services and equipment in any unlawful, fraudulent
or abusive manner. You may not resell or lease Services or equipment to anyone.
Coverage. Most services are only available within the operating range of the Sprint
Nationwide PCS Network (also see Roaming). Coverage is not available
everywhere. Coverage and quality of Services may be affected by conditions within
or beyond our control, including network problems, signal strength, your
equipment, and atmospheric, geographic, or topographic conditions. We do not
guarantee service availability or that there will be no interruptions or delays in
Services (e.g., dropped calls, blocked calls, etc.).
Number. We may change the phone number (“Number”) assigned to your
PCS device without compensation by giving you prior notice. You do not own the
Number. You may not modify the Number we program into any phone or other
equipment, duplicate the Number to any device other than that authorized by us
or, except as allowed for by law, transfer (port) the Number to any other individual
or entity. If you transfer the Number to another carrier, the terms of the Agreement
(including the rights and obligations set forth in the Termination paragraphs) still
apply. In certain instances, you may transfer a Number from another carrier to
Sprint. Sprint does not in any way guarantee that such transfers to (or from) Sprint
will be successful. If a transfer to Sprint is not successful, you will be responsible
any discounts provided to you with the purchase of your PCS device. See our
information on Number transfers.
PhoneActivationFee. You may be required to pay a non-refundable phone
activation fee when you activate a new Number, have us switch a Number to a
different phone, have your current Number changed, we activate a different phone
on your existing account or your Service Plan says so.
Charges. For most forms of wireless Service, your usage will be charged from the time
you first initiate contact between your phone or other wireless device and the
network until the network connection is broken, whether or not you are successful
in connecting with the service with which you seek to connect, even if the
connection is later broken or dropped. An exception is that you are not charged for
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
224
voice calls that are not completed. You are charged for completed calls to your
Number from the time shortly before the phone starts ringing until the call is
terminated. You will be charged peak rates for the entire duration of calls initiated
during the peak time periods applicable to your Service. You will be charged off-peak
rates for the entire duration of calls initiated during the off-peak time periods
applicable to your Service. In addition to these usage charges, you may be charged for
recurring monthly service charges, applicable local and long-distance toll charges,
other usage charges, (including voicemail access, call waiting, call forwarding, etc.),
connection fees, roaming charges, directory assistance, call completion charges,
account review and management charges, optional features you select at an extra
cost, surcharges related to government programs, and taxes. Charges for most
Services are incurred in one-minute increments, with partial minutes of use rounded
up to the next highest minute. You must pay, by each invoice due date, all charges for
Services provided to the Number for each phone or other equipment that our
records show you activated, no matter who actually uses or has possession of the
phone or other equipment at the time Services are provided.
PCSVision(ThirdGeneration)WirelessCharges. For PCS Vision wireless services,
you will be charged on a per kilobyte basis for data used, rather than for airtime used.
As long as your PCS Vision device is connected to the Sprint Nationwide
PCS Network (“PCS Vision network”), you will be incurring data usage charges. You
are responsible for all data activity from and directed to your PCS Phone, regardless
of who initiates the activity. We will invoice you for all data directed to the internet
address (or “IP address”) assigned to your device in a given PCS Vision session,
regardless of whether your device actually receives the data. You will be charged for
data usage initiated by others as well as those you initiate. You will be charged for
additional data used in transporting and routing on the network. You will be charged
for partial and interrupted data downloads or other use, including re-sent data, and
for unsuccessful attempts to reach websites and use other applications and services,
including those resulting from dropped network connections. If you use a Premium
Service (including services provided by third parties but for which you are billed on
your PCS Invoice), you will be charged for data used in transport and routing in
addition to the charge for the Premium Service. The amount of data used and
charged to you will vary widely, depending upon the specific PCS Vision wireless
application or other service you use, the amount of data used in the specific
application or service, and network congestion and other matters. For this and other
reasons, estimates of data usage - for example, the size of downloadable files - will
vary from what you actually use. You cannot receive incoming calls while using
third generation services. Data usage will be rounded up to the next whole kilobyte.
Kilobyte usage will be rounded up to the next full cent. Rounding up will occur at
the end of each separate session or each clock hour (at the top of each hour), if the
session spans more than 1 clock hour. When traveling on our PCS Vision network, a
session may be ended and new session initiated, although no interruption to the
actual data session will occur. Your invoice will not separately identify the number
of kilobytes attributable to your use of specific sites, sessions or services used.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
225
PCSVisionPremiumServices. Your PCS Vision wireless services may allow you to
access or download premium content for an additional charge. Certain PCS Vision
services (e.g., games, ringers and screen savers) primarily contain premium
services content. Access to and downloading of premium content is not included
with PCS Vision services. The additional charges for this premium content will be
billed to you on your PCS Invoice. You will be charged for this content (at rates and
charges specified at the time of access or download) that will be in addition to data
usage charges you will incur while connected to the enhanced PCS Vision network.
We provide no warranties and make no representations or claims with regard to
third-party Premium Services. In certain instances, subject to the terms of the
content purchased, we may delete premium and non-premium items downloaded
to available storage areas (e.g., your vault), including any pictures, games and other
content. We may limit the amount of Premium Services you may purchase in a
specific timeframe (month, week, day, or other time period). We may suspend your
use of Premium Services without prior consent or notice if we have reason to
suspect fraudulent or unauthorized use of your Premium Services account, but we
make no assurances that we will suspend your account.
OtherTermsApplicabletoPCSVisionUsage. Use of PCS Vision wireless services
requires the purchase of a separate third generation wireless compatible phone or
other device and is subject to any software, memory, storage or other limitation in
the phone or other equipment. Not all applications and services work, or work the
same, on all third generation wireless phones and devices. Check the materials
accompanying your phone or device to determine which applications and services
it will support. PCS Vision wireless services are not available while off the PCS
Vision network. PCS Vision services are not available for server devices or host
computer applications, other systems that drive continuous heavy traffic or data
sessions, or as substitutes for private lines or frame relay connections. Unlimited
PCS Vision plans/options are only available with phones or PCS smart phones
where the device is not being used as a modem in connection with other
equipment (e.g., computers, PDAs, etc.) through use of connection kits or other
phone-to-computer/PDA accessories, or Bluetooth or other wireless technology.
Sprint reserves the right to deny or to terminate service without notice for any
misuse. Sprint is not responsible for any opinions, advice, statements, services
applications or other information provided by third parties and accessible through
PCS Vision wireless services. Neither Sprint nor its vendors or licensors guarantees
the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of information that is obtained through
the PCS Vision wireless services. You are responsible for evaluating such content.
Use of certain PCS Vision wireless services, including some messaging services,
may result in the disclosure to others of your email address and other information
about you in connection with your internet usage. Your accessing of, or use of,
third party sites or services accessible PCS Vision wireless services may require the
disclosure of information about you, subject to the policies of those sites and
services. You consent to receiving advertising, warnings, alerts and other
messages, including broadcast messages. Your access to PCS Vision wireless
services is controlled by a password.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
226
VoiceCommand. PCS Voice Command is an optional service that allows you to
place calls by using speech recognition technology. Calls to 911 or similar
emergency numbers cannot be placed through the Voice Command feature.
Airtime and applicable long distance charges for a call completed from your
Number using the Voice Command feature begin when you press or activate the
TALK or similar key(s) and end when your call is terminated by hitting the END key
or by returning to the Voice Command platform. If you initiate and complete
another call without leaving the Voice Command platform, a separate charge for
that call will begin from the time the previous call was terminated. Airtime and
applicable long distance charges will be applied to the entire length of a completed
call initiated from Voice Command. Using Directory Assistance to input names into
your Voice Command address book will incur additional charges.
Invoicing. Invoicing cycles are approximately 30 days in length. Invoicing cycles
and dates may change from time to time. Except as otherwise provided in your
Service Plan, monthly recurring charges (MRCs) are invoiced one invoicing cycle in
advance. Charges for Services are usually invoiced as soon as possible after the
charges accrue. We may, however, invoice you for usage and charges occurring
before the invoicing cycle being invoiced, if they were not previously invoiced. If
you are invoiced for usage incurred during a prior invoicing cycle, those minutes
will be applied to your Service Plan minutes for the current invoicing cycle.
However, if you change your PCS Service Plan between the time the usage was
incurred and the beginning of the current invoicing cycle, those minutes from the
prior invoicing cycle will be charged at the rate per minute for usage over included
minutes provided in the Service Plan in effect at the time the usage was incurred.
Payment. If you have authorized payment for Services or equipment by credit card
or by debiting a bank account, no additional notice or consent is required before we
invoice the credit card or debit the bank account for all amounts due to us or billed
by us on behalf of a third party. You must promptly notify us of any change in your
invoicing address or of the credit card or bank account used for payment. We
reserve the right to require payment by money order, cashier’s check or other
secured form of payment. If we take action to receive payment beyond invoicing
you for charges for Services or equipment, you must pay our costs and expenses of
collection, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, the fees of any collection agency
and court costs. If we act as an invoicing agent for a third-party service provider,
payments received are first applied to amounts due and owing to us and any
remaining amounts are applied to sums due and owing to the third-party service
provider. We may immediately charge an additional fee for any check or other
negotiable instrument endorsed by you and returned unpaid by a financial
institution for any reason. You may be charged fees for certain methods of payment.
LatePaymentCharges. Payment is past due if we do not receive it by the due date
shown on your invoice. Any payment for Services and equipment not made when
due accrues late charges until paid at the rate of 5% per month or at the highest rate
allowed by law. Acceptance of late or partial payments (even if marked “paid in full”)
does not waive our right to collect all amounts that you owe us. If your Service has
been suspended due to non-payment, you may be charged a reactivation fee.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
227
DisputedCharges. You must raise any dispute that you have about any charges
invoiced to you within 15 days of the date of the invoice or you have accepted the
invoice. You may notify us of any dispute by notifying PCS Customer Service
Solutions. Calls to our sales or general business offices are not notice of a dispute. If
disputed invoice procedures are described on the invoice, you must follow them.
AccountSpendingLimit. If we agree to provide Services to you on an Account
Spending Limit basis, we will tell you your Account Spending Limit before we start
Services to your Number, or as reasonably practicable after the limit is imposed. If
we require a deposit for you to establish or keep Services on an Account Spending
Limit basis, we will hold the deposit as partial guarantee of payment for Services (see
Deposits). Charges for Services accrue against your Account Spending Limit as they
are incurred. We may charge an initial ASL start up fee. We may charge a monthly ASL
service fee, in addition to your recurring monthly service charge. We may suspend
Services to your Number without prior notice to you when your account balance
reaches your Account Spending Limit. Services are restored when you have paid any
past due balance and pay a specified minimum amount to reduce your account
balance below your Account Spending Limit. We may change this minimum amount
at any time upon notice to you. You may pay any past due balance and the minimum
amount by any method authorized by Sprint. Contact PCS Customer Service
Solutions for information about authorized methods of making these payments. We
may charge you a fee for calls that involve our live customer care services. If we
provide Services to you on an Account Spending Limit basis, Services and coverage
may be limited in certain ways. You must pay all charges for Services even if they
exceed the amount of your Account Spending Limit.
ClearPay. If we agree to provide Services to you as a Clear Pay customer, we may
suspend Services to your Number without prior notice to you immediately when
your bill becomes past due. Even if your bill is not past due, we may suspend
services if your unpaid usage exceeds $125 or another amount to be determined by
your past credit or usage history. If we require a deposit for you to establish or keep
Services as a Clear Pay customer, we will hold the deposit as partial guarantee of
payment for Services (see Deposits, below). Contact PCS Customer Service
Solutions for information about authorized methods of making these payments. We
may charge you a fee for calls that involve our live customer care services. If we
provide Services to you on as a Clear Pay basis, Services and coverage may be
limited in certain ways. You must pay all charges for Services whether or not your
Services are suspended or terminated.
Deposits. If we require a deposit for you to establish or keep Services, we will hold
the deposit as partial guarantee of payment for Services. We may change the
deposit amount at any time to reflect revised estimated monthly charges based
upon your usage. A deposit may not be used to pay any invoice (unless it is used to
pay a final invoice) or delay payment. The deposit amount, the length of time we
hold the deposit and changes to the deposit amount are determined based on your
credit and payment history. The rate of interest, if any, on the deposit is subject to
change. We may mix deposits with our other funds. If Services are terminated for
any reason, we may, without notice to you, apply your deposit toward payment of
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
228
outstanding charges and return any excess to you at your last known address within
75 days after termination of Services. If the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the
money to you and returns it to us, we will hold it for you for one year from the date
of return and, during that period, we may charge a servicing fee against the deposit
balance. Any money held during this one-year period will not accrue interest for
your benefit. You forfeit any portion of the money left after the one-year period.
WirelessWebandVoicePortalServices. Wireless Web Services are part of the
Services that can be obtained through Sprint. Wireless Web Services are not
available in all markets or while roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.
Use of Wireless Web Services requires an Internet-ready PCS Phone or certain other
equipment (or both) and is subject to any memory, storage or other limitation in the
phone or other equipment. Wireless Web Services are not available on PCS Vision
phones or devices. The Caller ID blocking feature is not available when using
Wireless Web Services. Any use of Wireless Web Services deducts from your Service
Plan minutes. For data calls (including Wireless Web and Voice Portal calls) that are
attempted, but not completed, you are charged for the time during which the
network attempts to connect the call. You are charged for time spent connected to
the Wireless Web or Voice Portal, including time spent browsing on the Internet or
Voice Portal and reviewing or scrolling through Internet information on-line while
still connected to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. Not all Internet sites can be
accessed and you may receive an error message if you attempt to access a site that
cannot be accessed through Wireless Web Services. You are also charged for
Wireless Web connections to review your PCS account information. Wireless Web
Services are not available with all Service Plans. Sprint is not responsible for any
opinions, advice, statements, services or other information provided by third-
parties and accessible through Wireless Web Services or Voice Portal Services.
Neither Sprint nor its vendors or licensors guarantees the accuracy, completeness or
usefulness of information that is obtained through the Wireless Web Services or
Voice Portal Services. You are responsible for evaluating such content.
TaxesandSurcharges. We invoice you for taxes, fees and other charges levied by or
remitted directly to federal, state or local authorities, or foreign government on
Services including, without limitation, sales, gross receipts, use, and excise taxes. If
you claim any tax exemption, you must provide us with a valid tax-exempt
document. Any tax exemption applies only from the date we receive a valid tax-
exempt document. We also invoice you for fees that we collect and remit to the
government such as Universal Service, and for surcharges that we collect and keep
to pay for the costs of complying with government mandates such as number
pooling and portability, and Enhanced 911 service. These charges are neither taxes
nor government imposed assessments.
Roaming. Calls made while off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network are “roaming”
calls. Your PCS Phone is specifically designed and engineered to work only on the
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. It works on another CDMA PCS provider’s system
only when a roaming agreement is in place between Sprint and the other providers.
If your PCS Phone is a dual-mode phone, it works on both a CDMA PCS provider’s
system (in addition to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network) and a wireless analog
telecommunications provider’s system only when roaming agreements are in place
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
229
between Sprint and the other providers. If we do not have a roaming agreement in
place, you may be able to place roaming calls “manually” by using a valid credit card.
If there is a gap or other interruption of coverage within a PCS coverage area that
prevents connection with the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and your dual-band
phone is set to roam automatically when outside PCS coverage, you may incur
roaming fees within a PCS coverage area. Certain features and services may not be
available when roaming (including PCS Vision, voicemail, call waiting, call
forwarding, etc.).
PhonesandOtherEquipment. Phones and other equipment may be purchased and
returned as provided in the purchase documents. We are not the manufacturer of
the phones or other equipment. The only warranties on the phones or other
equipment are any limited warranties extended by the manufacturers. We have no
liability in connection with the phones and other equipment or for the
manufacturers’ acts or omissions.
LostorStolenEquipment. If your phone or other equipment is lost or stolen, you
must notify us by calling PCS Customer Service Solutions. You are responsible for
all charges for Services provided to the Number for the lost or stolen equipment
before you notify us of the loss or theft. We will deactivate Services to the Number
upon notification to us of any loss or theft. You may be required to provide
evidence of the loss or theft (for example, a police report or sworn statement). If
the equipment is later found, we may require that you exchange it for another
phone or other equipment before we reactivate Services (if we do reactivate
Services), as well as require you to pay a reactivation fee. We will deactivate
Services to any Number without prior notice to you if we suspect any unlawful or
fraudulent use of the Number. You agree to cooperate reasonably with us in
investigating suspected unlawful or fraudulent use.
Messages. You will incur airtime usage charges when accessing your voicemail
from your PCS Phone. You may also incur charges in accessing text messages from
your PCS Phone. You may access your voicemail without incurring airtime usage
charges by checking your voicemail from a wireline phone. We may impose limits
on the number of voicemail or text message that can be retained through your
PCS account. Audible or visual indicators of text or voicemail messages, including
mailbox icons on your PCS Phone, may not always provide an up to date indication
of new messages. In certain instances, you may be required to manually reset or
clear your mailbox indicator.
CallerID. If you do not want people you call to receive the Number assigned to your
phone, you must call PCS Customer Service Solutions for information about
automatic Caller ID blocking. The Number assigned to your phone can be blocked
on a per-call basis by dialing *67 + Destination Number + TALK (or similar key), but
Caller ID delivery resumes on the next call you make. Caller ID display on incoming
calls to your Number depends on receiving the information from the calling party.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
230
TTYAccess. A TTY (also known as TDD or Text Telephone) is a telecommunications
device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hearing, or who have speech or
language disabilities, to communicate by telephone. TTY doesn’t work with all
PCS Phones. If you have a PCS TTY-capable phone, it may not function effectively, or
at all, when attempting 911 calls due to the equipment or software of the answering
agency. Therefore, a TTY device should not be relied on for 911 calls.
Pay-Per-CallService. We will not complete calls from your Number to 900, 976 and
similar numbers for pay-per-call services.
InternationalCalling. You may be limited in the international destinations that you
can call with Services. You should contact PCS Customer Service Solutions for
information about international destinations that you cannot call.
LimitationofLiability. Except as otherwise provided in this section, our sole liability
to you for any loss or damage arising out of providing or failing to provide Services
(including mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors, or defects) does not
exceed (1) in cases related to a specific piece of equipment, the prorated MRC for
Services to the piece of equipment during the affected period, or (2) in cases not
related to a specific piece of equipment, the prorated MRCs for Services to you
during the affected period. Neither we nor our vendors, suppliers or licensors are
liable for any damage arising out of or in connection with:
a) any act or omission of any telecommunications service or other service
provider other than us;
b) any directory listing;
c) any dropped calls or inability to place or receive calls;
d) any interruption of Services, including interruptions caused by equipment or
facilities failure or shortages, transmission limitations or system capacity
limitations;
e) traffic or other accidents, or any health-related claims allegedly arising from the
use of Services, phones, equipment or accessories used in connection with the
Services;
f) the use of Wireless Web Services and PCS Vision applications and services,
including the accuracy or reliability of any information obtained from the Internet
using Wireless Web Services or from Voice Portal Services, PCS Vision wireless
services or Internet services, content or applications not supported by Sprint PCS;
g) any late or failed message delivery;
h) any interruption or failure of 911 or E911 emergency services or identification
of the Number, address or name associated with any person accessing or
attempting to access emergency services from your phone;
i) the installation or repair of any products or equipment by parties who are not
our authorized employees or agents;
j) events due to factors beyond our control, including acts of God (including,
without limitation, weather-related phenomena, fire or earthquake), war, riot,
strike, or orders of governmental authority;
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
231
k) any act or omission of any third party or independent contractor that offers
products or services in conjunction with or through the Services; or
l) your negligent or intentional act or omission.
NOCONSEQUENTIALOROTHERDAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE WE
LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL
DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH PROVIDING OR FAILING TO PROVIDE SERVICES, PHONES
OR OTHER EQUIPMENT USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SERVICES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, OR
COST OF REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. THIS SECTION SURVIVES
TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
Indemnification. You indemnify and defend us, our partners, directors, officers,
employees and agents from and against any claim, action, damage, liability and
expense arising out of or in connection with: (1) your acts or omissions that occur
in connection with your use of the Services or equipment used in connection with
the Services, and (2) any communications you make or receive using the Services.
This indemnification extends to and includes any attorney’s fees and costs incurred
by us arising from any actions or claims to which this indemnification applies, or
from the contesting of the applicability of this provision. This section survives
termination of this Agreement.
MANDATORYARBITRATIONOFDISPUTES. ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR
DISPUTE OF ANY KIND BETWEEN THE CUSTOMER AND THE COMPANY AND/OR
ANY OF ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AFFILIATES OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVES,
WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, STATUTE, OR TORT, INCLUDING FRAUD,
MISREPRESENTATION, FRAUDULENT INDUCEMENT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR
EQUITABLE THEORY AND REGARDLESS OF THE DATE OF ACCRUAL OF SUCH
CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE SHALL BE RESOLVED BY FINAL AND
BINDING ARBITRATION AS PRESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION. THE FEDERAL
ARBITRATION ACT, NOT STATE LAW, GOVERNS THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A
CLAIM IS SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. HOWEVER, NOTHING CONTAINED IN
THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION SHALL PRECLUDE THE CUSTOMER FROM
RESOLVING ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE IN SMALL CLAIMS COURT
HE OR SHE OTHERWISE WOULD HAVE THE RIGHT TO PURSUE.
A single arbitrator engaged in the practice of law will conduct the arbitration. The
arbitrator will be selected according to the rules of CPR or, alternatively, may be
selected by agreement of the parties, who shall cooperate in good faith to select the
arbitrator. The arbitration will be conducted by, and under the then-applicable
rules of the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution. All expedited procedures
prescribed by the applicable rules will apply. Any required hearing fees and costs
shall be paid by the parties as required by the applicable rules or as required by
applicable law, but the arbitrator shall have the power to apportion such costs as
the arbitrator deems appropriate.The arbitrator’s decision and award will be final
and binding (subject to the appeal clause below), and judgment on the award
rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court with jurisdiction.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
232
An appeal may be taken under the CPR Arbitration Appeal Procedure from any final
award of any arbitral panel in any arbitration arising out of or related to this
agreement that is conducted in accordance with the requirements of such Appeal
Procedure. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties and the appeal tribunal, the
appeal shall be conducted at the place of the original arbitration.
If any party files a judicial or administrative action asserting a claim that is subject to
arbitration and another party successfully stays such action or compels arbitration,
the party filing that action must pay the other party’s costs and expenses incurred
in seeking such stay or compelling arbitration, including attorney’s fees.
Notices. You may get our current address for written notice by calling PCS Customer
Service Solutions. Written notice to you is sent to your last known address in our
invoicing records. Written notice is effective three days after deposit in the U.S.
mail, postage prepaid, and properly addressed. Unless required by this Agreement
or Applicable Laws, (1) you may notify us by calling PCS Customer Service Solutions,
and (2) we may notify you by leaving a message for you on your PCS Phone,
answering machine or with your answering service. Notice addresses may be
changed by giving notice as provided in this section.
ChoiceofLaw;Jurisdiction. This Agreement is governed by and must be construed
under federal law and the laws of the State of Kansas, without regard to choice of
law principles.
General. If either of us does not enforce any right or remedy available under this
Agreement, that failure is not a waiver of the right or remedy for any other breach or
failure by the other party. Our waiver of any requirement in any one instance is not a
general waiver of that requirement and does not amend this Agreement. This
Agreement is subject to any applicable federal and state law (collectively,
“Applicable Laws”). If any part of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable,
that part is interpreted consistent with Applicable Laws as nearly as possible to
reflect the original intentions of the parties and the rest of this Agreement remains in
full force and effect. Section headings are for descriptive purposes only and are not
used to interpret this Agreement. You may not assign this Agreement to any other
person or entity without our prior written approval. This Agreement (including any
referenced documents and attachments) makes up the entire agreement between
you and us and replaces all prior written or spoken agreements, representations,
promises or understandings between you and us. The provisions of this Agreement
that are contemplated to be enforceable after the termination of this Agreement
survive termination of this Agreement. If there is a conflict, the Service Plan
(including any Term Service Plan) controls over the Terms.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
233
Manufacturer’sWarranty
CustomerLimitedWarranty
SPRINT SPECTRUM, L.P., (Sprint) offers you a limited warranty that the enclosed
subscriber unit (Product), including accessories in the product package, will be
free from defects in material or workmanship as follows:
SUBSCRIBER UNIT:
A. SPRINT ONE (1) YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY: For a period of one (1) year from
the date of purchase, Sprint will, at its option, either pay the parts and labor charges
®
to any authorized PCS Phone service facility to repair or replace a defective
product (with new or rebuilt parts/replacements). After this one (1) year period,
you must pay all parts, shipping and labor charges.
B. REPAIRS: For a period equal to the remainder of the original limited warranty
period on an original Product or for the 180 days after the date of
repair/replacement, whichever is longer, Sprint will repair or replace (with new or
rebuilt replacement) defective parts or Product used in the repair or replacement
of the original Product under this Limited Warranty.
Proof of purchase in the from of a bill of sale or receipted invoice warranty repair
document which is evidence that the Product is within the warranty period must
be presented to obtain warranty service. This limited warranty is not transferable
to any third party, including but not limited to any subsequent purchaser or owner
of the Products.
Transfer or resale of a Product will automatically terminate warranty coverage with
respect to the Products.
This limited warranty dose not cover and is void with respect to the following: (i)
Products which have been improperly installed, repaired, maintained or modified
(including the antenna); (ii) Products which have been subjected to misuse
(including Products used in conjunction with hardware electrically or
mechanically incompatible or used with accessories not supplied by Sprint), abuse
accident, physical damage, abnormal operation, improper handling and storage,
neglect, exposure to fire, water or excessive moisture or dampness or extreme
changes in climate or temperature, (iii) Products operated outside published
maximum ratings; (iv) cosmetic damage; (v) Products on which warranty stickers
or Product serial numbers have been removed, altered, or rendered illegible; (vi)
customer instruction; (vii) cost of installation, removal or reinstallation; (viii) signal
reception problems (unless caused by defect in material and workmanship); (ix)
damage the result of fire, flood, acts of God or other acts which are not the fault of
Sprint and which the Product is not specified to tolerate, including damage caused
by mishandling and blown fuses; (x) consumables (such as fuses); or (xi) any
Products which have been opened, repaired, modified or altered by anyone other
than Sprint or a Sprint authorized service center.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
234
This warranty does not cover customer education, instruction, installation, set up
adjustments, or signal reception problems.
This warranty is valid only in the United States.
USE WITH ACCESSORIES NOT SUPPLIED BY SPRINT OR OTHERWISE NOT
EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED BY SPRINT MAY BE DANGEROUS.
SPRINT SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY, AND SHALL HAVE NO
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE TO BUYER ANY OTHER REMEDY, FOR ANY AND ALL
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, GENERAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFITS, LOST SALES,
LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS ARISING OUT OF
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE ANY PRODUCT (FOR EXAMPLE, WASTED AIRTIME
CHARGES DUE TO THE MALFUNCTION OF A PRODUCT), DAMAGE DUE TO
IMPROPER OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE, INSTALLATION, CONNECTION TO
IMPROPER VOLTAGE SUPPLY. OR ATTEMPTED REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT BY
ANYONE OTHER THAN A FACILITY AUTHORIZED BY SPRINT. THIS WARRANTY
DOES NOT COVER PRODUCTS SOLD AS IS OR WITH ALL FAULTS, OR
CONSUMABLES, (SUCH AS FUSES). THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY WHEN
THE MALFUNCTION RESULTS FROM USE OF THE PRODUCT IN CONJUNCTION
WITH ACCESSORIES, PRODUCTS OR ANCILLARY OR PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT
NOT SUPPLIED BY OR EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED FOR USE BY SPRINT, AND
WHERE IT IS DETERMINED BY SPRINT THAT THERE IS NO FAULT WITH THE
PRODUCT ITSELF.
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, AS PROVIDED UNDER THE WARRANTY, IS YOUR
SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY. TO
THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,
SPRINT MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR AGAINST
INFRINGEMENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED IN THE LIMITED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS
WARRANTY.
Some States do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential
damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied warranty last, so the above
limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights
which vary from State to State.
For other Warranty Service Information, please call PCS CUSTOMER SOLUTIONS at
1- 888- 211- 4727.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
235
Copyright(c) 2004 ACCESS Systems America Inc. ACCESS, NetFront are registered trademarks or trademarks
owned by ACCESS Co., Ltd. in Japan and selected countries worldwide. NetFront is a registered trademark of
NetFront Communications, Inc.in the United States and is used under a license. Portions of this software are
based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
TM
Powered by JBlend Copyright 1997-2004 Aplix Corporation. All right reserved. JBlend and all JBlend-based
trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan and other countries.
Copyright © 2004 Sprint Spectrum L.P. All rights reserved. No reproduction in whole or in part without prior
written approval. Sprint, the diamond logo design, and all other Sprint marks referenced herein are trademarks
of Sprint Communications Company L.P. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty
236
Call Waiting 154
Caller ID 154
Calling in Lock Mode 63
Canned Messages 58
Canned Suffixes 33
Chat 178
Contacts
Adding 85, 89
Dialing 28
Editing 89, 91
Erasing 64
Finding 27, 86
Options 88
Saving 26, 82
Secret 93
Index
A
Abbreviated Dialing 29, 56
Activating Phone 3
Advanced Information 106
Airplane Mode 51
Alert Notification 40
Answering Calls 20
Any Key Answer 55
Auto Answer 53
B
Backlight Time Length 43
Battery
Capacity 15
Charging 16
Disposal 202
Installing 15
Removing 15
Standby Time 15
Talk Time 15
D
Dialing
Abbreviated 29, 56
Contacts 28
Number With Pauses 27
Options 19
PCS Services 94
Speed Dialing 29, 90, 143
Voice-Activated Dialing 119
Display Settings
Area Name 45
Backlight Time Length 43
Display Screen 44
Font Size 49
Greeting 42
Incoming Calls 45
LED Color 48
Main Menu 48
My Buddy 47
Screen Saver 47
Standby Mode 46
Theme Color 49
C
Calculator 107
Call Alarm
Adding 100
Alerts 101
Editing 102
Erasing 105
Menu 101
Viewing 102
Call Forwarding 156
Call Guard 73
Call History
Erasing 83
Making a Call 81
Options 81
Prepending 83
Saving 82
Viewing 80
Index
237
Downloading
Accessing Menus 179
Data Size 117
Input Mode
Alphabet Mode 32
Canned Suffixes 33
Numbers 33
Erasing 65, 117
Icon Indication 116
Selecting 163
Viewing Memory 117
Smileys 33
Symbols 33
T9 Text Mode 31
Instant Messaging 177
E
Email 175
L
Email Providers 176
Emergency Calling 24
End-of-Call Options 26
Event
Adding 97
Alerts 98
Language 59
Limit Use 63
Location Settings 50
Lock Code 62
Locking Phone 62
Locking through SMS 66
Erasing 99
Menu 99
M
Main Menu Style 48
Making Calls 17
Making Ready Link Call 130, 131
Menu Diagram 76
Messaging
Displaying 165
Folder
Viewing 99, 102
F
FCC Notice 203
Features 13
Font Size 49, 170
G
Creating 171
Drafts 167
Editing 172
Erasing 172, 173
Outbox 168
Games
Downloading 181
Playing 182
Greeting 42
Font Size 170
Moving a Message 172
Options 168
Picture Mail 165
Prepending 170
Sending 166, 167, 168
Storage 164
Message Notification 58
Missed Call Notification 24, 132
Muting 23
H
Hard Pause 27
Headset Mode 57
Help 6
I
Icon Indication 12, 106, 116
In-Call Options 25
My Buddy 47
My Shortcut 53
Index
238
N
PCS Vision
Chat 178
Net Guard 161
Downloading 179
Email 175
Email Providers 176
Enabling and Disabling 67
FAQs 193
O
Open/Close Flip Option 54
P
Passcode 66
PCS Business Connection 192
PCS Ready Link
Adding 138, 139
Contacts List 129
Copying 136
Editing 140
Erasing 142
Games 181
Launching 160
Ringers 183
Screen Savers 185
Web 187
PCS Voice Command 194
Phone Number
Dialing with Pauses 27
Displaying 17
Finding 137
Making Calls
by Entering Number 132
Contact 130
Group 131
Finding 27
Saving 26
Power-off Tone 38
Prepend Dialing 83
Options 135
Preparing 128
Ready Link Guard 144
Receiving 133
Redialing 134
Restarting 144
Saving 137
Setting 128
Updating 143
PCS Services
Call Forwarding 156
Call Waiting 154
Caller ID 154
Customer Solutions 3, 5, 6, 52,
61, 66, 93, 235
Directory Assistance 7
Operator Services 7
Q
Quiet Ringer 21
R
Resetting
Phone 65
Through SMS 66
Ringer
Assigning 184
Downloading 183
Purchasing 184
Tone Length 37
Types 35
Volume 23, 39
Roaming
Analog Networks 70
Digital Networks 69
Setting 72
Index
239
S
Speakerphone 22
Special Number 64
Speed Dialing 29, 90, 143
Standby Time 15
Start-up Tone 38
Symbols 33
Safety Guideline 197
Scheduler
Calendar 96
Call Alarm 100
Erasing 99, 104
Event 97
Memory 105
Setting the Time/Date 96
Setting Holidays 96
To Do 103
T
T9 Text Input 31
Talk Time 15
Three-Way Call 155
To Do Items
Adding 103, 104
Deleting 104, 105
Editing 103
Viewing 103
Tone Length 37
TTY 52
Turning On and Off 14
2-Second Pause 27
Screen Call
Activating 124
Erasing 126
Recording 125, 126
Reviewing 126
Selecting Announcement 125
Screen Savers
Assigning 186
Downloading 185
Purchasing 186
Secret Mode 93
Security Menu
Accessing 61
Changing the Lock Code 62
Locking Phone 62
Unlocking Phone 62
Shortcut 53
U
Unlocking Phone 62
Unmute 23
Updates 174
User Address 106
User Name 158
Side Key Guard 55
Silence All 41
Sleep Mode 57
Sound Settings
Silence All 41
Start-up/Power-off Tone 38
Volume Settings 23, 39
Index
240
V
Version 106
Voice Command
Creating Address Book 195
Getting Started 195
Making a Call 196
Voice Dial
Erasing 120
Programming 119
Reviewing 120
Using 119
Voice Memo
Erasing 123
Options 122
Recording 121
Voice Prompt 38
Voicemail
Button Guide 149
Clearing Massage Icon 152
Menu Key 153
Message Alerts 148
Notification 147
Options 150
Retrieving 148
Setting Up 147
Volume Settings
During a Conversation 23
Muting 23
Ringer 23, 39
W
Warranty 234
Web
Launching 160
Navigating 162
Net Guard 161
User Name 158
World Clock 46, 107
Index
241
|